Farming in a city a fortune for a flower useful garden space егэ ответы

1) Установите соответствие между заголовками 1 — 8 и текстами A — G. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.

1. Strange but true
2. Figuratively speaking
3. Iron and gold
4. A visitor from the space
5. Useful in many ways
6. Key facts
7. From the history of iron
8. Famous on screen

A. Iron is a chemical element. Its symbol is Fe and its atomic number is 26. It is a metal that belongs to the first transition series and group 8 of the periodic table. It is by mass the most common element on our planet, forming much of the Earth’s outer and inner core. It is the fourth most common element in the Earth’s crust. Pure iron is rare on the Earth’s crust, basically being limited to meteorites. However, there are a lot of iron ores, but you need temperatures of 1500 °C or higher to get them.

B. Iron has been known to the mankind since ancient times. The first iron used by humans is likely to have come from meteorites. Most objects that fall to earth from space are stony, but a small proportion are ‘iron meteorites’ with iron contents of over 90%. Iron corrodes easily, so iron artifacts from ancient times are much rarer than objects made of silver or gold. Artifacts made from meteorite iron have been found dating back to about 5000 BC and so are about 7000 years old.

C. It might be interesting to know that Earth has enough iron to make three new planets, each with the same mass as Mars. Iron is ferromagnetic. Ferromagnetism is the strongest type of magnetism. Moreover, iron was the first magnetic metal discovered. It is even more interesting that some animals have a sixth sense – the magnetic sense. Among them are honey bees, homing pigeons and dolphins. The Earth’s magnetic field helps them to navigate and return home successfully.

D. Iron is the cheapest and most important of all metals, important in the sense that iron is overwhelmingly the most commonly used metal, accounting for 95% of worldwide metal production. Iron is used to manufacture steel and other alloys important in construction and manufacturing. Iron is also vital in the functioning of living organisms, transporting oxygen in blood via the hemoglobin molecule. Iron is essential for human brain development.

E. In ancient times, people did not know how very abundant iron was on Earth. Their only source of metallic iron was meteorites. From Assyrian writings we have learnt that iron was eight times more valuable than gold. In addition to its rarity, iron may also have been very desirable because of it coming from the sky. It was thought to be a gift from the gods: the ancient Egyptians called it ‘the metal of heaven’. The connection with heaven is proved by the Pyramid Texts.

F. Iron Man is a fictional superhero appearing in American comic books published by Marvel Comics and then films. The character made his first appearance in March 1963. In the story, a wealthy American business magnate and a talented scientist Tony Stark suffers a chest injury. He creates a powered suit of iron armour to save his life. Later, Stark develops this suit, adding weapons and other technological devices. Both kids and adults love the story of Iron Man.

G. There are many expressions with the word ‘iron’ in the English language. The British sometimes use the expression ‘the iron horse’ to speak about a train or a locomotive. When a native English speaker says that they ‘have many irons in the fire’, it means that they have several things to do. The proverb ‘Strike while the iron is hot’ means that you should take advantage of the time and the situation as quickly as possible. It is quite interesting to learn such phrases.


2) Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A — F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1 — 7. Одна из частей в списке 1—7 лишняя.

Gorky Park

Gorky Park in Moscow is one of the best recreational places. Moscow’s main city escape is not a conventional expanse of nature preserved inside the urban jungle. It is not a fun fair either, ___ (A). Its official name says it all – Gorky’s Central Park of Culture and Leisure. That is exactly what it provides: culture and leisure in all shapes and forms. It especially attracts those ___ (B). However, people who prefer peaceful places can sail boats or catamaran or take a walk to Neskuchny Garden, located nearby. Here one can always find a quiet place.

The first recreational park of Russia was opened on the 12th of August 1928. It was designed by avant-garde architect Konstantin Melnikov. There were exhibition pavilions, tennis courts, a decorative pool and attractions for kids. There was not such a place ___ (C). The park was given the name of famous Soviet writer Maxim Gorky in 1932. Since then it has been called Gorky Park.

Nowadays, Gorky Park is the central park of Moscow ___ (D) 20 thousand people on weekdays and more than 100 thousand on weekends and holidays. Since 2011 Gorky Park has become the first world-class amusement park in Russia with space for rest, sport, dancing and games outside. The park offers free entrance, wi-fi coverage, as well ___ (E). It is a perfect place for an active holiday, with many things to do. Gorky Park now serves ___ (F), a point of attraction for youth and families.

1. as a true centre of city life
2. and is attended by more than
3. though the park used to be one
4. who like fun and entertainment
5. as this park in the world at the time
6. as newly designed recreational zones
7. who enjoys cultural events and shows


3) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

What did Bentley Harcourt think about the American West when he read the newspaper article?
1) He thought it was a land with a lot of free food.
2) He thought he might find himself a wife there.
3) He thought it was a land where life was easy and wonderful.
4) He thought he could hide himself there from people.


4) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

Why did the oil company decide to send part of the profits to the bank?
1) The money belonged to the owner of the land.
2) It was required by the owner of the land.
3) They wanted to hide it from the owner of the land.
4) They wanted to buy the land out for that money.


5) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

How did David Kingsley learn about the unclaimed money in the Texas bank?
1) He found the information in church records.
2) His great-great uncle wrote to him about it.
3) He learned it from his mother’s relatives.
4) He found the story in a magazine.


6) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

David Kingsley thought that the owner of the Texas ranch was
1) of no relation to him.
2) related to his mother.
3) related to his father.
4) related to the Harcourt from Orange Country.


7) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

Why was David Kingsley surprised to find another Bentley Harcourt who had left for America?
1) Bentley Harcourt had not many close relatives and descendants.
2) The name was too unusual for there being two of them.
3) He didn’t come across him in the family tree.
4) Harcourt’s relatives had never contacted him.


8) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

David Kingsley never got Bentley Harcourt’s money because he
1) didn’t want to quarrel with other candidates.
2) didn’t prove in court that its owner was his relative.
3) decided that the other descendants deserved it more.
4) thought that that money was not important.


9) Прочитайте текст и запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Показать текст. ⇓

Why does the narrator advise the readers to study their family trees?
1) They may find relatives who would turn into best friends.
2) Some of them might still be Bentley Harcourt’s relatives.
3) There is a chance to find some rich relatives.
4) This study may become a very profitable hobby.

Содержание

Пояснения к демо-варианту письменной части 

При ознакомлении с демонстрационным вариантом письменной части контрольных измерительных материалов ЕГЭ 2016 г. следует иметь в виду, что задания, включенные в него, не отражают всех вопросов содержания, которые будут проверяться с помощью вариантов КИМ в 2016 г. Полный перечень вопросов, которые могут контролироваться на едином государственном экзамене 2016 г., приведен в кодификаторе элементов содержания и требований к уровню подготовки выпускников образовательных организаций для проведения единого государственного экзамена 2016 г. по английскому языку.

Работа состоит из четырех разделов: «Аудирование», «Чтение», «Грамматика и лексика», «Письмо».

Раздел 1 («Аудирование») содержит 9 заданий. Рекомендуемое время на выполнение заданий раздела 1 составляет 30 минут.

Раздел 2 («Чтение») содержит 9 заданий. Рекомендуемое время на выполнение заданий раздела 2 составляет 30 минут.

Раздел 3 («Грамматика и лексика») содержит 20 заданий. Рекомендуемое время на выполнение заданий раздела 3 составляет 40 минут.

Раздел 4 («Письмо») состоит из 2 заданий. Рекомендуемое время на выполнение заданий этого раздела работы — 80 минут.

Инструкция по выполнению работы 

Показать видео

Экзаменационная работа по английскому языку состоит из четырех разделов (аудирование, чтение, грамматика и лексика, письмо), включающих в себя 40 заданий.

На выполнение экзаменационной работы отводится 3 часа (180 минут).

Ответы к заданиям 3—9, 12—18 и 32—38 записываются в виде одной цифры, которая соответствует номеру правильного ответа. Эту цифру запишите в поле ответа в тексте работы, а затем перенесите в бланк ответов № 1.

Ответы к заданиям 1, 2, 10, 11 записываются в виде последовательности цифр. Эту последовательность циф запишите в поле ответа в тексте работы, а затем перенесите в бланк ответов № 1.

Ответы к заданиям 19—31 записываются в виде слова (нескольких слов). Ответ запишите в поле ответа в тексте работы, а затем перенесите в бланк ответов № 1.

Раздел 4 («Письмо») состоит из 2 заданий (39 и 40) и представляет собой небольшую письменную работу (написание личного письма и письменного высказывания с элементами рассуждения). В бланке ответов № 2 укажите номер задания и запишите ответ к нему.

Все бланки ЕГЭ заполняются яркими черными чернилами.

Допускается использование гелевой, или капиллярной, или перьевой ручек.

При выполнении заданий можно пользоваться черновиком. Записи в черновике не учитываются при оценивании работы.

Баллы, полученные Вами за выполненные задания, суммируются.

Постарайтесь выполнить как можно больше заданий и набрать наибольшее количество баллов.

Желаем успеха!

Раздел 1. Аудирование 

Слушать аудио

1

Вы услышите 6 высказываний. Установите соответствие между высказываниями каждого говорящего A—F и утверждениями, данными в списке 1—7. Используйте каждое утверждение, обозначенное соответствующей цифрой, только один раз. В задании есть одно лишнее утверждение. Вы услышите запись дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.
  1. Teaching abroad doesn’t seem nice to some people.
  2. My relative is a role model for me in terms of working abroad.
  3. Some countries offer good career opportunities for beginning teachers.
  4. Relatives are happy when you decide not to teach abroad.
  5. I’m going to spend my gap year teaching English abroad.
  6. Teaching abroad is a way to change your life.
  7. Don’t hesitate to write to the employer if you need the job.
Говорящий A B C D E F
Утверждение            

2

Вы услышите диалог. Определите, какие из приведенных утверждений А—G соответствуют содержанию текста (1 — True), какие не соответствуют (2 — False) и о чем в тексте не сказано, то есть на основании текста нельзя дать ни положительного, ни отрицательного ответа (3 — Not stated). Занесите номер выбранного Вами варианта ответа в таблицу. Вы услышите запись дважды.
  • Lucy wasn’t at school for several days.
  • Lucy felt bad because of overeating.
  • Lucy’s mother is a doctor.
  • Peter did exercises with the map of the UK.
  • Peter is not afraid of the test.
  • Peter offers his notes to Lucy.
  • Lucy and Peter are going to review for the test later.
Утверждение A B C D E F G
Соответствие диалогу              
Вы услышите интервью. В заданиях 3—9 запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды.

3

Carl Fox says that he…

  1. likes to travel.
  2. works in a small agency.
  3. wanted to work in a travel agency since he was 10 years old.

Ответ: ___

4

Which of the following is TRUE about Carl Fox’s reasons for wanting to work in a travel agency?

  1. Travelling advantages the job offered.
  2. His experience of working in resorts abroad.
  3. His desire to travel to Spain for free.

Ответ: ___

5

Which of the following is NOT Carl’s responsibility?

  1. Arranging accommodation.
  2. Vaccinating the clients.
  3. Offering holiday options.

Ответ: ___

6

Which of the following is Carl’s responsibility if his client is flying?

  1. Meeting the client at the airport.
  2. Providing the client with a taxi to the airport.
  3. Informing the client about weather conditions in place of destination.

Ответ: ___

7

What kind of holiday do modern customers prefer to order nowadays, according to Carl?

  1. A package tour.
  2. A tour to a place Carl knows personally.
  3. A specially designed tour.

Ответ: ___

8

According to Carl, what’s the best thing in providing personalized service?

  1. Opportunity to learn about new routes.
  2. Possibility to arrange a perfect holiday to a customer.
  3. Inventing unusual itineraries.

Ответ: ___

9

Carl told a story about his client who…

  1. wanted him to arrange an important meeting.
  2. couldn’t choose a suitable flight.
  3. confused the names of two cities.

Ответ: ___

По окончании выполнения заданий 1—9 не забудьте перенести свои ответы в БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1! Запишите ответ справа от номера соответствующего задания, начиная с первой клеточки. При переносе ответов в заданиях 1 и 2 цифры записываются без пробелов, запятых и других дополнительных символов. Каждую цифру пишите в отдельной клеточке в соответствии с приведенными в бланке образцами.

Раздел 2. Чтение 

10

Установите соответствие между текстами A—G и заголовками 1—8. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.
  1. For information and urgent help
  2. World without buttons
  3. To monitor and treat the disease
  4. A built-in charger
  5. Key under your skin
  6. Big brother is watching you
  7. Disadvantages of tech
  8. Phone always on you
  • Sure, we’re virtually connected to our phones 24 / 7 now, but what if we could be literally plugged in to our phones? That’s already starting to happen. Last year, for instance, artist Anthony Antonellis had a chip put in his arm that could store and transfer data to his handheld smartphone. And researchers are already experimenting with sensors that turn human bone into living speakers.

  • In the future patients will be able to use implantable technologies to diagnose and even treat diseases. Scientists in London are developing swallowable capsule-sized chip that will control fat levels in obese patients and generate genetic material that makes them feel “full”. It has potential as an alternative to surgery to handle obesity. Also it can monitor blood-sugar levels for diabetics.

  • The U. S. military has programs to identify any person using face scanning device. Some people see it as a doubtless advantage: improved crime fighting, secure elections and never a lost child again. However, such technologies can hammer against social norms and raise privacy issues. And one day there might be a computer to see all, know all and control all.

  • One of the challenges for implantable tech is delivering power to devices which are inside human bodies. You can’t plug them in as you do with your phone or computer. You can’t easily take them out to replace a battery. A team in Cambridge is working on specific bio batteries that can generate power inside the body, transfer it wirelessly where needed, and then simply melt away.

  • Soon tattoos will not only make you look cool but will be able to perform useful tasks, like opening your car or entering smartphone codes with a fingerpoint. Researchers have made an implantable skin fibers thinner than a human hair. Scientists are working on the chip that can be put inside a finger through a tattoo-like process, letting you unlock things or enter codes simply by pointing. The British research team is developing pills with microprocessors in them that can text to hospitals directly from inside your body. The pills can share inside info to help doctors know if you are taking your medication properly and if it is having the desired effect. Moreover, in case of emergency, it can send a signal to the computer and the ambulance will come straight away.

  • Lately touchscreens are everywhere—from computers, phones, tablets to car systems and vending machines. Even doorbells now include touch screen controls. One has to wonder: are we moving to a world of only touchscreen devices? And the answer is probably yes. We are coming to an age where every flat or even curved surface could be made a touchscreen and we can operate from it.

Ответ: ___

11

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A—F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1—7. Одна из частей в списке 1—7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists

A ___

can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space

B ___.

They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring

C ___.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London

D ___

and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places

E ___.

These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs

F ___.

In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

  1. that are displayed during the nesting season
  2. while the city has grown up around them
  3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
  4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
  5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
  6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
  7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ: ___

Прочитайте текст и выполните задания 12—18. В каждом задании запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Driverless cars

Driverless cars are expected to be rolling into the streets within the next 20 years. In fact, they’ve legally been on the roads for the past years, approved for testing purposes. It is predicted that driverless vehicles will be commercially available at a high cost within 7 years, but it may take another 8 years for prices to drop enough to spur mass consumption.

Today, the discussions focus primarily on the shifting of accident liability to manufacturers and all the goodness that comes along with reducing accidents. A truly driverless road would not be accident-free as there would still be a number of accidents caused by mechanical or computer errors, weather conditions, pedestrians and sheer random chance. But it would make the now-routine loss of life on the roads far rarer.

The concept of a “driver” will be replaced with that of an “operator”, who simply programs the vehicle’s GPS to arrive at the desired destination and pushes the “Start” button to begin the trip. Since judgment will no longer be required of the operator, they won’t need a driver’s license. Theoretically, a 10-year-old child could independently take the car to school in the morning.

Computer-operated cars will eventually reshape the car design as things like windshields will become less necessary. Drivers will be able to sit wherever they’d like in their cars. There will be no need for gas and brake pedals as speed will be automatically controlled by the computer. The steering wheel and the turn signal arm can also be eliminated once the public gets used to reliability of these vehicles.

Each passenger will have a personal video display informing about a current location, the distance to your destination, speed and personal entertainment selections. The concept of ‘distracted driving’ will disappear as there will be no reason to pay attention to where you are going.

Vehicle owners will no longer buy collision insurance since manufacturers will be solely responsible for damage. Owners will only need theft insurance and coverage for hail, falling objects or floods. To take this one step further, personal vehicle ownership may dramatically diminish. Car dealers will have lots full of vehicles for hire on a daily or hourly basis instead of vehicles for sale. When you need a car, you’ll summon one using your mobile phone. The closest unmanned vehicle will be dispatched to your home to take you where you need to go. When done, you’ll simply push the button for the unmanned vehicle to drive itself back to the rental lot.

The social and cultural impact of driverless cars could cause far more upheaval than any of us could imagine. Perhaps, it would be even greater than the impact the Internet had on commerce and communication. Obviously, the picture being painted is the one that assumes total adoption, which is far from realistic.

You will always have transitional delays caused by the lack of free cars, the longevity of today’s vehicles and cultural resistance.

This resembles the historical factors that affected the transition from horse to the automobile. At the moment, the driverless car seems like a novelty. However, it will open up new prospects. The prospect of flying cars may soon become a reality. With computer-controlled vehicles that strictly follow traffic rules, threedimensional roads become far less scary and more a matter of simply solving the technological challenge.

Where we’re going, we may not need roads at all.

12

According to the author driverless cars will become cheap enough for most people

to buy within the following…

  1. 8 years.
  2. 15 years.
  3. 7 years.
  4. 20 years.

Ответ: ___

13

Which of the following statements is TRUE, according to the text?

  1. A driverless car operator won’t be responsible for accidents.
  2. The age required to operate a driverless car is likely to rise.
  3. Driverless cars may increase the number of road accidents.
  4. The driverless cars will be voice-activated.

Ответ: ___

14

To operate a driverless car, their owners will be required to…

  1. set the destination on the GPS.
  2. have experience in programming.
  3. obtain a collision insurance.
  4. have a special license.

Ответ: ___

15

Which of the following, according to the author, will a driverless car have?

  1. Gas and brake pedals.
  2. A steering wheel.
  3. Video displays.
  4. A turn signal arm.

Ответ: ___

16

The author claims that with the introduction of driverless cars…

  1. personal vehicle ownership will increase.
  2. the number of vehicles on the roads will diminish.
  3. people will rent vehicles instead of buying them.
  4. vehicle owners will spend more money on insurance.

Ответ: ___

17

According to the author, driverless cars will be…

  1. as important socially as the Internet.
  2. enthusiastically accepted by the people.
  3. operated without transitional delays.
  4. used by people with caution at first.

Ответ: ___

18

The attitude of the author towards the driverless cars may be described as…

  1. optimistic.
  2. negative.
  3. indifferent.
  4. unsure.

Ответ: ___

По окончании выполнения заданий 10—18 не забудьте перенести свои ответы в БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1! Запишите ответ справа от номера соответствующего задания, начиная с первой клеточки. При переносе ответов в заданиях 10 и 11 цифры записываются без пробелов, запятых и других дополнительных символов. Каждую цифру пишите в отдельной клеточке в соответствии с приведенными в бланке образцами.

Раздел 3. Грамматика и лексика 

Прочитайте приведенные ниже тексты. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами 19—25, так, чтобы они грамматически соответствовали содержанию текстов. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы 19—25.

The name of Alaska

Do you know the origin of the place name Alaska? The name Alaska comes from the Aleut word alaxsxaq,

19 MEAN

“an object toward which the action of the sea is directed”—that is, the mainland.

It is also known as Alyeska, the “great land”, an Aleut word

20 FORM

from the same root.

Its nicknames are the Land of the Midnight Sun and America’s Last Frontier. Its first nicknames were “Seward’s folly” and “Seward’s icebox” to laugh at the secretary of state who negotiated the purchase of Alaska from Russia, which

21 CONSIDER

foolish at the time.

A landmark for the new millennium

Have you seen the photos of the London Eye? The London Eye is a giant observation wheel

22 LOCATE

in the Jubilee Gardens on the South Bank of the river Thames.

The structure

23 DESIGN

by the architectural team of David Marks and Julia Barfield, husband and wife.

They submitted their idea for a large observation wheel as part of a competition to design a landmark for the new millennium.

None of the entrants

24 WIN

the competition.

However, the couple pressed on and eventually got the backing of British Airways, who sponsored

25 THEY

project.

Прочитайте приведенный ниже текст. Образуйте от слов, напечатанных заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами 26—31, однокоренные слова, так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы 26—31.

Pronunciation is important

Some learners of English think that pronunciation is not very important. That is

26 ABSOLUTE

wrong.

Even if you have an acceptable grasp of the English language, with good grammar and an

27 EXTEND

vocabulary, native English speakers may find you very difficult to understand you if you don’t work on your pronunciation.

Correct, clear pronunciation is

28 ESSENCE

if you really want to improve your level of English.

Pay particular attention to any sounds that you are

29 FAMILIAR

with or that do not exist in your native tongue.

For example,

30 RUSSIA

have difficulty pronouncing the “th” sound, as it does not exist in their native language.

Remember that the pronunciation of certain English words varies depending on the part of the world it’s spoken in. For example, American English differs

31 GREAT

from British English.

Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами 32—38. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям 32—38, в которых представлены возможные варианты ответов. Запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа.

Mexico City

Mexico City was hot and frantic with Olympic gamesmanship. The hotels were full but, fortunately, Kevin owned a country house just outside the city which we

32 ___

our headquarters. The Whites also had their home in Mexico City but they were more often than not at Kevin’s private palace.

I must

33 ___

that when Kevin decided to move he moved fast. Like a good general, he marshalled his army close to the point of impact; he spent a small fortune on telephone calls and

34 ___

in getting all we needed for the expedition in the shortest time possible. I had a fast decision to make, too. My job was a good one and I hated to give it

35 ___

unceremoniously, but Kevin was pushing hard. I

36 ___

my boss and he was good enough to give me six months’ leave of absence. I deceived him in a way, I gave him the right destination but not the real reason for going there. Yet I think that going to Yucatan could be understood as looking

37 ___

my father’s estate.

Kevin also used resources that only money can buy. The thought of it made me a bit dizzy. Kevin was able to lift a telephone and set a private police force in motion. It made me open my eyes and think again. There was something about Kevin that got at me. Whatever it was, I preferred to keep it bottled up. Will I

38 ___

it in the future?

  1. used
  2. kept
  3. did
  4. made

Ответ: ___

  1. say
  2. speak
  3. tell
  4. talk

Ответ: ___

  1. achieved
  2. succeeded
  3. managed
  4. fulfilled

Ответ: ___

  1. on
  2. in
  3. up
  4. to

Ответ: ___

  1. glanced
  2. looked
  3. watched
  4. saw

Ответ: ___

  1. down
  2. after
  3. back
  4. into

Ответ: ___

  1. apologize
  2. disappoint
  3. dissatisfy
  4. regret

Ответ: ___

По окончании выполнения заданий 19—38 не забудьте перенести свои ответы в БЛАНК ОТВЕТОВ № 1! Запишите ответ справа от номера соответствующего задания, начиная с первой клеточки. При переносе ответов в заданиях 19—31 буквы записываются без пробелов, запятых и других дополнительных символов. Каждую букву или цифру пишите в отдельной клеточке в соответствии с приведенными в бланке образцами.

Раздел 4. Письмо 

Для ответов на задания 39 и 40 используйте бланк ответов № 2. Черновые пометки могут делаться прямо на листе с заданиями, или можно использовать отдельный черновик. При выполнении заданий 39 и 40 особое внимание обратите на то, что Ваши ответы будут оцениваться только по записям, сделанным в БЛАНКЕ ОТВЕТОВ № 2. Никакие записи черновика не будут учитываться экспертом. Обратите внимание также на необходимость соблюдения указанного объема текста. Тексты недостаточного объема, а также часть текста, превышающая требуемый объем, не оцениваются. Запишите сначала номер задания (39, 40), а затем ответ на него. Если одной стороны бланка недостаточно, Вы можете использовать другую его сторону.

39

You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen-friend Nancy who writes:

… I hope you liked my New Year card. Where and how did you celebrate New year this time? What was the weather like? What’s your secret wish or at least hopes and expectations for the coming year? I’ve redecorated my room and it looks much nicer now…

Write a letter to Nancy.

In your letter

  • answer her questions
  • ask 3 questions about the way her room looks now

Write 100—140 words.

Remember the rules of letter writing.

40

Comment on the following statement.

It’s not right to be strict with little children.

What is your opinion? Do you agree with this statement?

Write 200—250 words.

Use the following plan:

  • make an introduction (state the problem)
  • express your personal opinion and give 2—3 reasons for your opinion
  • express an opposing opinion and give 1—2 reasons for this opposing opinion
  • explain why you don’t agree with the opposing opinion
  • make a conclusion restating your position

Тексты для аудирования 

Сейчас Вы будете выполнять задания по аудированию. Каждый текст прозвучит 2 раза. После первого и второго прослушивания у Вас будет время для выполнения и проверки заданий. Все паузы включены в аудиозапись. Остановка и повторное воспроизведение аудиозаписи не предусмотрены. По окончании выполнения всего раздела «Аудирование» перенесите свои ответы в бланк ответов № 1.

Задание 1

Вы услышите 6 высказываний. Установите соответствие между высказываниями каждого говорящего A—F и утверждениями, данными в списке 1—7. Используйте каждое утверждение, обозначенное соответствующей цифрой, только один раз. В задании есть одно лишнее утверждение. Вы услышите запись дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу. У Вас есть 20 секунд, чтобы ознакомиться с заданием.

Now we are ready to start.

Speaker A

If you want to get new cultural and social experiences, the easiest, the fastest and the safest way is to go to a foreign country to teach English. If you have a university degree, an international certificate in English, a couple thousand dollars and about 3 months, you can start your life in an exotic location. I’m going to do this and I know people who’ve done it and I know what I’m talking about. You never know what to expect in a foreign country, that’s true, but isn’t it challenging at the same time?

Speaker B

I was thinking about spending my gap year teaching English abroad but I had second thoughts about it. I was told that only experienced teachers can get a working visa, coverage for their cost-of-living and a decent job. After reading some interviews on what’s it like to teach English in immersion camps, I gave up on the idea completely. That’s not what I’m ready to put up with. My parents are happy about that.

Speaker C

English is my major but the rivalry is so tense in the trade market now that I’m thinking of going somewhere for a couple of years to gain more experience and improve my teaching skills. Taiwan seems a perfect choice as everything is included for an inexperienced teacher—visas, accommodation and high salary. I’m worried about getting a social life there—I speak only English and I wonder if I can find friends there apart from my future students.

Speaker D

My uncle, David Dune, is a teacher, writer and runner. He is an educator with over 17 years of experience of teaching English as second and as a foreign language. He has taught and presented in Korea, Canada, France, and Ukraine. He specializes in Web 2.0 and using technology in the classroom. That must be an exciting life and the only thing I can think about is following in his footsteps. I hope he’ll share some secrets of being a good English teacher abroad.

Speaker E

I don’t remember how that magazine caught my sight but recently I read an interview with Neil Mullen who is a veteran English teacher in Japan. He started as a regular teacher and now he owns a school there. He is looking for new language teachers and I’m planning to send my CV. His e-mail address was included in the interview, not his personal address, of course. I just hope the e-mail won’t go to his spam folder and he’ll choose me as his employee.

Speaker F

People in my college are crazy about the idea of going to teach English somewhere in Thailand, China and what not. I listened to their heated discussions very attentively and understood it’s high risk. There are so many things to care about like visas, security, medication and cultural barriers. I’d better stay in the US to serve my country. In my view it’s more patriotic; besides, I’m not sure I can solve the problems connected with moving to another country.

You have 15 seconds to complete the task. (Pause 15 seconds.)

Now you will hear the texts again. (Repeat.)

This is the end of the task. You now have 15 seconds to check your answers.

(Pause 15 seconds.)

Задание 2

Вы услышите диалог. Определите, какие из приведенных утверждений А—G соответствуют содержанию текста (1 — True), какие не соответствуют (2 — False) и о чем в тексте не сказано, то есть на основании текста нельзя дать ни положительного, ни отрицательного ответа (3 — Not stated). Занесите номер выбранного Вами варианта ответа в таблицу. Вы услышите запись дважды. У Вас есть 20 секунд, чтобы ознакомиться с заданием.

Peter: Hi, Lucy! You weren’t at school today. What is the matter? I was worried about you.

Lucy: Hi, Peter. It’s nothing serious, actually. I just felt a bit sick in the morning, so my mom let me stay at home.

Peter: You poor thing! And are you feeling better now?

Lucy: Yeah, much better, thank you. I guess it must have been the pizza that I ate yesterday. That was the reason for my bad stomachache. I had too much. But now, yeah, I feel all right. I think I won’t have to miss any more lessons this week.

Peter: But you haven’t been to the doctor’s office, have you? Won’t you have problems at school because you missed classes? When I was ill last month, I brought a medical certificate to school.

Lucy: Well, my mom called our class teacher, so I don’t think there will be any problems. Besides we don’t have many lessons on Wednesdays. How was Geography, by the way? Did you take a test?

Peter: Oh, no, we didn’t, but we revised the material for the test. The teacher asked several people to do exercises with the map of the UK at the blackboard, and then we had a sort of contest in groups where we had to find different mountains, rivers and lakes—the quicker the better, that was fun! And we also checked our homework and asked the teacher questions if we were not sure about the answers. You know, I feel well-prepared for tomorrow’s test now.

Lucy: Wait a second! Are we going to take the test tomorrow? I can’t believe it!

Peter: Yes, our teacher said that we are starting a new topic next week, so we have to finish this one tomorrow. Do you need any help with geography?

Lucy: Uh, if you can lend me your exercise-book with notes and checked homework, that would save me hours.

Peter: I am afraid I can’t give you my exercise-book right now because I have to revise the material for the test myself. But if you call me in two hours, we could probably study for the test together.

Lucy: Sounds like a great idea. And thanks so much for offering to help. It’s so nice to have a friend like you.

Peter: No problem. See you later then. Bye for now.

Lucy: Bye, Peter.

You have 15 seconds to complete the task. (Pause 15 seconds.)

Now you’ll hear the text again. (Repeat.)

This is the end of the task. You now have 15 seconds to check your answers.

(Pause 15 seconds.)

Задания 3—9

Вы услышите интервью. В заданиях 3—9 запишите в поле ответа цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую выбранному Вами варианту ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды. У Вас есть 50 секунд, чтобы ознакомиться с заданиями.

Now we are ready to start.

Presenter: Good afternoon, and here we are with our special program for teens where we explore advantages and disadvantages of all sorts of professions. Today we have Carl Fox, a travel agent. Hello, Carl!

Carl Fox: Good afternoon.

Presenter: So Carl, tell us a little bit about yourself.

Carl Fox: Well, as you already know, I’m a travel agent, and I work for one of the major chains on High Street. I’ve been with them for about 10 years and while I’ve been working I’ve studied for a number of qualifications.

Presenter: What inspired you to become a travel agent?

Carl Fox: People often ask me why I decided to become a travel agent. As a young adult I loved travelling and worked for a while as a rep in Spain. When I came back to the UK I decided to stay within the travel industry, and my experience of working in resorts abroad helped me to get a job as a travel agent. I have to admit that one of the main reasons I wanted to be a travel agent was that we get cheap flights and holidays. It’s a great perk!

Presenter: I see. What are your responsibilities at your job?

Carl Fox: Basically, I’m a sales person. I advise people on the holiday options available to them, you know, different destinations, types of holiday, ways to get there, and so on. When customers have decided what they want, I book it for them and make any other arrangements they might need, such as car hire or tours. My responsibility doesn’t end there, though. I have to make sure that clients know if any visas are necessary, or if they will need vaccinations, and how to get them. If they are flying, I need to tell them what time they have to check in, and make sure they know what time they will be arriving. I also give information on likely weather conditions and anything else I think will be useful for them.

Presenter: That’s a lot to do! And I bet it’s getting more and more difficult to work in your sphere because of the rivalry.

Carl Fox: Well, not because the rivalry is too high, it’s the same everywhere. The point is that more and more customers want a tailor-made holiday, not just a package from a brochure. However, I love the challenge! It’s a lot more interesting for me if I can organize the whole thing—make out an itinerary, book flights, ferries, trains, accommodation and everything. I love providing a personalized service, especially if it’s to places that I know. I can really help customers get a great holiday that will be ideal for them.

Presenter: People who are going on holiday must be relaxed and easy to deal with, right?

Carl Fox: Generally yes, but not always. Sometimes I get difficult customers. One man came in wanting a flight to Venice the next day. I checked out times and fares on the computer, and found a very reasonable flight at a suitable time, so we booked it there and then. A week later he came in and he was absolutely furious. He wanted to know why I had flown him to Venice, in Italy, when he had had an important meeting in Vienna, which is in Austria. I didn’t know what to say, but since then I’ve always been careful to check that people really know where they want to go.

Presenter: That’s a case which is funny and sad at the same time and it’s hard to believe it after all.

Carl Fox: Don’t I know!

Presenter: Any downsides to your job?

Carl Fox: There must be some but I love my job so I simply don’t notice them.

Presenter: I see. Thank you very much, Carl.

Carl Fox: My pleasure.

You have 15 seconds to complete the task. (Pause 15 seconds.)

Now you will hear the text again. (Repeat.)

This is the end of the task. You now have 15 seconds to check your answers.

(Pause 15 seconds.)

This is the end of the Listening test.

Время, отведенное на выполнение заданий, истекло.

Ответы 

Раздел 1. Аудирование

Номер задания Ответ
1 643271
2 2133121
3 1
4 1
5 2
6 3
7 3
8 2
9 3

Раздел 2. Чтение

Номер задания Ответ
10 8364512
11 523741
12 2
13 1
14 1
15 3
16 3
17 4
18 1

Раздел 3. Грамматика и лексика

Номер задания Ответ
19 meaning
20 formed
21 was considered
22 located
23 was designed
24 won
25 their
26 absolutely
27 extensive; extended
28 essential
29 unfamiliar
30 Russians
31 greatly
32 4
33 1
34 2
35 3
36 4
37 2
38 4

Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2016 г. АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК, 11 класс. © 2016 Федеральная служба по надзору в сфере образования и науки Российской Федерации

Комментарии

Регистрироваться необязательно. Поставьте курсор в текстовую область, щелкните по появившемуся полю «Имя», отметьте опцию «Хотел бы написать как гость».

Далее

ЕГЭ по английскому языку задание №11 Понимание структурно-смысловых связей в тексте Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2019 г.  – задание №11 Visiting the Royal Parks

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The life of Pi

    “The Life of Pi” published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_______________________, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.
At the start of the book, we B_______________________ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.
When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_______________________. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_______________________, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_______________________ and show it that he’s the boss.
Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_______________________ in the end!

1. read the book to find out what happens
2. some food and water on the lifeboat
3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger
4. received an award for being strong
5. sold seven million copies worldwide
6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry
7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ:


ЕГЭ по английскому языку задание №11 Понимание структурно-смысловых связей в тексте Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2017 г.  – задание №11 Visiting the Royal Parks

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:


Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2016 г.  – задание №11

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:


ЕГЭ 2016 (досрочный период)

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A-F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1-7. Одна из частей в списке лишняя.

1. where one can enjoy close contact with

2. which meet every need of their users

3. than to discover them once for oneself

4. who has never been to this wonderful city

5. which is ideal for various water sports

6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

7. who have different options around the capital

Beaches of Portugal

Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A______________________.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______________________, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C ______________________.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D ______________________ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ______________________ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ______________________. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

FAMILY FARM — an Android game with the release date 02/25/2013 from the company Century Game. Game Genre: Casual. In the article, we summarized pumping tips from TOP players, developers «answers to gamers» questions, guides for beginners from the official site and our secrets for passing the game. Attention, the Wise Geek website is constantly updated, visit us more often.

Contents

  1. A Beginner’s Guide
  2. Tips for a Main Farm
  3. Neighbors & Pals
  4. Island Farm Guide
  5. Island Farm Garden Guide
  6. How to play now after the upgrade?
  7. Correct Account Settings
  8. Attention, quest bugs

Family Farm: A Beginner’s Guide

Warehouse

The warehouse is divided into three tabs:

  • «Warehouse» where you can store unused cars, animals, etc .;
  • «Decor»;
  • «Gadgets» where you can store all the gadgets of your improvers.

In the tab «Decor» you can put only decor. When the tab is full, you will get the opportunity to place the decor in the «Warehouse» tab.

Attention: You cannot put items from the «Warehouse» tab into the «Decor» tab! You can also improve the Decor tab to get more decor in stock.

How can I put items into the warehouse? To place items in the warehouse, click the yellow arrow at the bottom of the screen on the right, then click on the storage icon circled in a red circle in the picture. Click on the icon to place the item in the warehouse.

How do I move items from the warehouse back to the farm? To move an item from the warehouse back to the farm, click on your warehouse, find the desired item and click the «Use» button. After that, you can set the item back to the farm.

I can not put items in the warehouse. If you are unable to place the item in the warehouse, please check the following before writing to customer support.

  1. You are trying to put in a warehouse a machine in which products or ingredients are left. Use all ingredients and collect all products from the machine before storing. After production ceases, the machine will be ready to move to the warehouse.
  2. You are trying to put an animal in the warehouse when it still has food or unassembled products. Wait for the food to be eaten, then collect all the foods. Now you can put the animal in the warehouse.
  3. Your warehouse is full. Improve the warehouse to increase its volume.
  4. You cannot use the storage tool because you do not have a storage icon. This indicates that your warehouse is not yet completed, you need to hire workers!

Mass production. Batch production helps produce products on the farm while the farmer is not in the game. It requires OP to work. This feature is available for players at level 10 and above. To open the batch production function, click on the small triangle at the bottom of the screen. Select the desired car or animal. Indicate the number of products that need to be produced. A machine or animal will be added to mass production. After the products are ready, click on the machine or animal to collect the products in the barn.

Please note that with the increase in the number of products, the number of PRs and the time required for production will increase.

Improving mass production. In order to add an additional slot to mass production, you need to improve it.Click on the «Improve» button to the right of the batch production window. You will need to dial the required number of required parts in order to improve mass production. For mass-production, OPs are required. If you do not have enough OR, you will not be able to use this function.

How to get FA for free? In the Family Farm game, there are several ways to get free FA — Farm Assignments.

  • Connect to Facebook. You can get 3 FAs for free when you first connect the game to Facebook.
  • Daily sign up bonus. If you enter the game every day (regardless of the duration of the game), then you are entitled to a bonus for daily entry. For every fifth day of daily entry into the game, you will receive a FA or a special gift, for example, gasoline, fertilizer or OP for automation.
  • Reaching a new level. For each new level you can get the FA for free.
  • Trophies. For trophies from the Trophy House you can also get FA.
  • Fan page on VK. FA pages are often played out on fan pages.
  • Wheel of fortune. Often FA play out in the wheel of luck!
  • Mistrons and the Mystery store. Mistrons that you can get from the calendar, the wheels of Fortune, while fishing, you can exchange for the FA in the Mystery store. Go to the market, go to the Mystery store and wait for the favorable exchange rate.
  • Bonus to loyal farmers. Collect bonuses to loyal farmers. They are located at the top of the screen — chest icon.Keep collecting bonuses, and in the end you can get the FA.
  • Fishing. Get all the stars in the fisherman’s book. The book of the fisherman can be found at the fishing pier. For some types of fish, you can get FA.
  • Rewards from special chests. Get FA depending on your luck from special chests on the trails.
  • Helicopter bags. Get FAs from Helicopter Bags based on your luck.
  • Collectible Series. Collect collectible series in the gallery and get the FA.
  • Quest rewards. Get FA for registering quest rewards and completing quests in the lighthouse.
  • Shop «Mystery». Buy FA in the Mystery store for 5000 coins.
  • Chests of mini-quests. Get FA depending on the luck from the chests of mini-quests (except for iron chests).
  • Friendly flowers. Look after friendly flowers received from your neighbors. When the flowers ripen, cross them with your flowers and get sets of rewards that contain FA.

Automation and OP. Automation only works when the application is running. Automation uses OP and automatically fills machines and feeds animals. If your barn runs out of products or your OP runs out, automation will stop working.

How to enable or disable automation? Automation can be turned on or off for each object individually.Click on the yellow arrow, then click on the yellow gears.

After you click on the yellow gears, automation switches will appear above each object in the area. With their help, you can turn automation on or off.

How many OPs are used for automation? The amount of OP required for automation depends on the type of machine. Some machines require more ingredients. Usually 1 OP is required for the added ingredient and 1 OP for the product produced.

How many OPs do I have and how can I get more? The number of OPs that you currently have is displayed at the very top of the screen.

OP can be purchased for FA. Click on the market icon, select Resources on the left side of the screen, then select the desired number of OP. You can also go here by clicking on the OP-button, which is located next to the envelope icon.

What is a daily bonus? What can I get for continuous entry into the game every day? Every day for entering the Family Farm you will receive a special reward called the daily bonus! This bonus may be one of the items listed below. What you get depends on good luck.

  • Coins.
  • Petrol;
  • Fertilizer;
  • OP;
  • F.

The easiest way is to win the coins that you will receive on the first, second, third and fourth day of the game.After the coins you will have a chance to get fertilizer, gasoline or OP. The hardest part is getting a free FA, because everyone needs a FA! You will be notified of the bonus automatically as soon as you enter the game.

How to get fertilizer, gasoline, OP or FA? You will be able to receive these special bonuses for every 5 day of daily entry to the Family Farm. The exact bonus you receive depends on your luck. Keep coming in continuously!

How to use the bonus?

  • Fertilizer: Organic fertilizer accelerates plant growth by 25%.
  • Gasoline: needed for a harvesting machine that sows all beds or harvests the entire crop on the site with one click.
  • OP: indispensable for Family Farm, they can be used to quickly produce products with one touch or to configure the machine for automatic production.
  • FA: help you complete or skip tasks in the game.

Will I receive the same bonuses, no matter what day I go? The type of bonus changes every 5 days and its amount may increase. For example, if on day 5 you get fertilizer 5 times, then on day 10 you can get fertilizer 25 times. However, if you log in for more than 20 days, the amount of bonus remains unchanged.

What happens if I miss 1 day? If you missed a day and did not go to the Family Farm, your bonus rewards will begin again from the first day!

Collected items (salt, vinegar, wasabi, etc.) Some products can be collected from a resource item without production. All you have to do is buy the resource item needed to get the right product and put it on the farm.These items can be found on the Market in the «Collect» section:

  • Spicy herb: from a box of spicy herbs;
  • Salt: from a salt pond;
  • Soy sauce: from a barrel for soy sauce (you can use only 3 days, then the barrel will disappear);
  • Seasonings: from the seasoning shelf (you can use only 3 days, then the shelf will disappear and disappear);
  • Wasabi: from a wasabi pond;
  • White vinegar: from a rack for white vinegar.

You can purchase more items to collect on the farm market for FA or receive as a reward for the collection task.Some special items to collect are not currently available in the game (for example, a chocolate dragon, an ice dolphin, Santa in a pipe, a chocolate fountain, a fountain, etc.). They will again be available in the game during special events.

How to change the ingredients for a car? All machines have levers. The picture below shows that the cheese factory is configured by default to produce cheddar cheese from cow’s milk.

When you push the lever, a window with possible products will appear. Click on the product you need to cook. If you don’t see what you need, try scrolling your finger over the other options.

Map editor

Want to make your farm even more beautiful for a beauty contest and don’t want to spend a lot of time on it? Now the game has new ways to move objects. You can find them by clicking on the yellow arrow at the bottom of the screen> then on the four blue arrows linked together> Map Editor (last picture).

Ways to move items

Square mode. Move the yellow arrow to select the space inside which will be all the objects that you would like to move. Items in the selected space will be moved all together.

Selection mode. This mode allows you to simultaneously select several items to move. Selected items will be moved all together.

Pick up and move. When applying this mode, all selected items will be lifted from the farm and saved in a pop-up tab. You can move items from the tab back to the farm, placing them where you need to. This mode will help you out if you don’t have much space on your farm.

Lift and move: All. When applying this mode, all items will be picked up from the farm and saved in a pop-up tab. Use this mode if you want to completely remove all objects from the farm before placing them on the farm in a new way.

Trails of the landscape. Trails are a great way to make your farm cozy and elegant! Trails have been introduced to Family Farm since version 4.0. Now your pets and guests can walk along the trails on your farm. To access the trails, click on the yellow arrow:

and then to the button:

You can use this tool to see all your current paths and make new ones. Some trails will be available for free, and some will cost coins or FA. Click on the «i» icon to see the price of the trail.

The nursery and guest center will need to be placed close to the trail so that guests and pets can begin to walk around the farm. Also, trails are needed to earn landscape points.

Landscape points

Landscape points have several purposes. The more landscape points you have, the more chests your pet will be able to dig out in a day. Your guests will also be happy to stay on your farm longer. Landscape points can be acquired by setting decors next to ponds and trails. Each object and each trail has a limit of landscape points, which they can gain from their surroundings. You can check this limit by clicking on ’i’.

After setting the decor next to the trail, your farm will have landscape points.

The screenshots above show the number of landscape points before and after setting the decor. After installing the decor, the number of landscape points increased from 0 + 0 to 3 + 0. Now the trails cannot be sold, but you can save an unlimited number of trails! If you want to change the paths that are on the farm, click on the yellow arrow icon:

then to the trail and pond icon:

and then to the storage icon to take away the path that you don’t want to use now:

How to get OB? OB is the new currency in the game. OBs can be used to purchase items on the market, pet clothes, fishing odds, and call boats to your marina. There are two main ways to get OB. The first way is to fulfill guests’ orders at the guest center. The second way is to exchange the FA for the OB by clicking the «+» sign next to the OB icon at the top of your game screen. The currency exchange panel will open, as in the screenshot below:

After that, the OB can be exchanged for coins by clicking on the «+» sign next to the number of coins at the top of your game screen.

Note: after exchanging FA for OB, as well as after exchanging OB for coins, reverse exchange is not possible.

Other ways to obtain OM:

  1. Sale of products from the laboratory in a supermarket;
  2. Getting OB from buddies. The ability to send OBs to friends is available to players at the country club level 10 and above.

Farm chat

Available starting at level 10, and you can enter it by clicking on the chat icon next to the barn icon on the game screen.

There are 4 tabs in the chat: News, My Posts, Chat, and Settings.

News. The news tab shows all the statuses and requests of your neighbors. If you would like to delete any of your statuses, just click on it and then on ’-’.

  1. Requests. Now, requests for items for special tasks, materials for cars, and so on will be displayed directly in the news feed. When you help a neighbor by fulfilling his request, you will receive 1 experience point and 10 coins for each request! You can also click «Send to All» and fulfill all the requests of the neighbors at once.
  2. Status. You can write your status in the text box at the top of the panel. You can also like the status of your neighbor by clicking on the thumb up icon.

Note: The number of posts per day is limited. You can check the available number by clicking on the « i ’’ button (see the screenshot below).

My posts. In this tab you can view all your statuses and requests sent by you.

Chat Here you can chat with your neighbors. Just click on the button «Start a new chat!» and choose which neighbor you’d like to chat with. You can choose an interlocutor among friends, neighbors or acquaintances.

Settings In the chat settings, you can change the chat notification settings. If you would like to turn off or on all chat notifications, you can do this in the settings tab.

To-do list. If it is difficult for you to remember all the tasks and their order at once, you can add them to the to-do list so as not to forget! You can add orders and tasks to the to-do list by clicking on the icon of the desired item in the task or order, and then — on the to-do list icon with a «+».

Note: The function is available only for certain types of orders and tasks. You can add a maximum of 20 orders and tasks to the to-do list.

To check your tasks and orders, click on the mini-quest icon («!») Under your game photo and go to the second tab, where the to-do list is located.

Tasks and orders will be automatically removed from the to-do list when you complete them. Or you can delete them manually, returning to the task, and then clicking on the «?» and to-do list icon with a «-«.

Fish market. Do you have a lot of fish that you don’t need? Sell ??it at the fish market for shells. For these sinks, you can then buy the fish that you are missing.

When you have enough shells, open the second tab in the fish market to buy the fish that you need.

The first two slots in the purchase tab will contain items at a discount. Every day, these items will be updated.Each day it will be possible to purchase a maximum of 10 units of each item sold at a discount. You can enter the fish market from the fishing pier by pressing this button:

Beginner Bonus. Enjoy newbie bonuses to help you work on the farm.

  • Free fertilizer up to level 8: This feature will allow you to quickly increase the level and become a true connoisseur of the farm. You can use magic fertilizer to quickly plant and collect the plants you need for tasks. However, as soon as you reach level 9, this function will stop functioning.
  • Buy a FA and get a FA for free up to level 25! This is your chance to get a double amount of FA on your first purchase! This feature is available only if you have not made any purchases in the game (including a set for players who have not yet made purchases).

Senior levels. If you have reached level 151, you will see the icon of the senior levels, and after gaining new experience you will go to level 152.

What are the benefits of senior tiers? A new progress bar icon will now be on the experience bar. He looks very stylish! Each time you reach the required amount of experience, you will receive a bonus experience.

Stocks of experience. When you reach level 151, you can click on the experience bar to open the «Experience Reserves». It will show how much experience you need to get in order to reach the next reward for bonus coupons, as well as what rewards you can get now for the available coupons. For example, you can get special pet cards (for example, a bonus box of luck and special pet cards). If you choose a bonus box of luck, you will receive an item randomly selected from a specific set of items. This set in the bonus box of luck will change regularly.

Farm’s birthday. The longer you play Family Farm, the better the rewards! Come to the farm on your farm’s birthday every year and receive gifts and congratulations! Farm Birthday Benefits:

  • Every year, you can get birthday rewards that include the FA and a time-limited love cake generator!
  • You can report the birthday of your farm in a chat (news feed) so that all your neighbors know that you have a birthday! After that, they will be able to send you gifts! You will find gifts from neighbors in messages from Felicia (yellow envelope icon -> third tab);
  • Your game photo will automatically change to a time-limited photo with a special frame so that all your neighbors can immediately see that your farm has a birthday. The photo will be available all day and will disappear the next day at 00:00 your local time.

How can I send farm birthday presents? When you see that your neighbor has a farm birthday, you can send him rewards!

Just visit the farm of this neighbor and click on the cake icon next to the name of his farm. A new window will open where you can send gifts to this neighbor. Each gift has its own price, and each gift can be sent a limited number of times (sending a gift is considered not only by you, but by all neighbors). If the maximum limit has already been reached, the gift button will turn gray and you can no longer send this gift. Do not worry, you can always send another gift! After you choose a gift for your neighbor, you will have the opportunity to write him a personal message. And after sending the gift you can receive a reward in the form of blue Mistrons and coins.

Family Farm: Tips for a Main Farm

How to produce red eggs? You will need to increase the level of your chicken coop improver to 3, and the mill improver level to 5.

  1. Purchase the feed flour gadget in the blue mystron section of the Mystery store and install this gadget on the mill improver.
  2. You will also need a gadget for red eggs. get it there, in the section of blue Mistrons, and install the chicken coop on the improver.
  3. Make flour in a mill, and sometimes, depending on your luck, you will receive feed flour.
  4. Feed the chicken in the chicken coop with feed flour, making sure that the chicken coop is installed on the improver along with the gadget for red eggs, and the chickens will begin to produce red eggs.

Archive of special tasks. Do you have free time? Looking for new adventures and nice rewards? Complete tasks from the archive of special tasks! The archive of special tasks is located in the lighthouse on the main farm.

Each old special task consists of two or more parts. To complete each part after its activation, 3 days are given.Complete part of the task to highlight the picture! And after you complete the task, you will receive the reward shown below. Some tasks are not yet available in the game. Please select «Ready to start», as shown in the picture above, if you want to see only those tasks that can be started right now.

Laboratory

Grandfather will help develop a farm! Build a laboratory with him, and you can accelerate the production of products and grow unique fruits and vegetables. The lab will become available at level 11.

Basic research. Unlock and apply basic research technologies to immediately collect honey, milk or cheese.Using active technology will also give you laboratory points needed to upgrade your laboratory.

How to use technology? Close the laboratory window and click on the gray panel at the bottom of the screen to open the technology window. In the technology window, you can select the technology that you would like to use.

To use and develop technologies, you need a special substance — pharmum! Go through mini-quests and open chests of mini-quests to get a farmium.

Specialization: plant science, wood science, zoology or mechanical engineering? Having mastered the basic research and reaching the laboratory level 4, you can choose a specialization: plant medicine or wood science. By choosing plant medicine , you can buy plant seeds at a lower price in the market, as well as receive rare plant seeds and special recipes on the stove.

The first technology available with this specialization is the cultivator . Using a cultivator, you can reduce the price of seeds of those plants that you buy in the market. After you unlock the passive plant technology that is responsible for obtaining seeds of rare plants, you can receive seeds of rare plants using a cultivator. Open this technology in the laboratory panel and click on «?» To view instructions for using this technology.

Having chosen the archeology , you can shoot trees with tree amplifiers and get coins and additional fruits for this. You can also get rare fruit seeds and special recipes on the stove. The first technology available with this specialization is a tree booster . Using the tree booster, you can shoot trees and get coins and extra fruits.

After you unlock the passive tree technology that is responsible for obtaining rare fruit seeds, you can receive rare fruit seeds using a tree booster. Open this technology in the laboratory panel and click on «?» To view instructions for using this technology.

Please note that you can shoot from the tree booster only at trees that were purchased for coins and whose fruits are already ripe. After a tree is fired at with a tree amplifier, the tree will disappear from your farm!

Having chosen zoology , you can use technology that will allow your animals to produce products very quickly and without feed! You can also get rare animal materials and special recipes for the stove. The first technology of zoology is Wild Hunger. Thanks to «Wild Hunger» your animal will be able to produce products automatically and free of charge for a certain time. When you unlock the Rare Materials passive zoology technology, you will also receive rare materials using this technology. To get training, open this technology in the technology panel and click on «?».

By choosing a machine technology , you can produce several secret products immediately! You can also get materials for rare products and special recipes for the stove. The first engineering technology is Out of Nowhere.Thanks to Out of Nowhere, you can produce some amazing products with your machines right away! When you unlock the passive Rare Materials technology, you will also receive rare materials using this technology. To get training, open this technology in the technology panel and click on «?».

Change of specialization. You can change the specialization at any time: all unlocked technologies and the level of their development will remain the same if you return to this specialization again! To change the specialization, go to the laboratory and scroll to the bottom of the laboratory window, and then click the «Change specialization» button.

Important: You can change the subject of specialization for free only once.

Bank of rarities

When using the active skills of each specialization, you have a chance to get rare seeds or materials for unique plants and fruits or unique products. You can find all the seeds and materials that you received in the rarities bank. You need to accumulate a certain amount of seeds / materials before you can plant / process them. Trees and plants must go through several stages of growth. Open the rarities bank and click on the «i» icon in the image of seeds or materials to find out detailed information about them.

You will also need an essence to grow a particular plant / fruit or process rare materials. Fulfill guest orders in the guest center to get the essence. You can find all the collected special plants and fruits, as well as processed rare materials in the laboratory repository.

Plate. The time has come to apply your culinary skills to a whole new level, cooking according to new recipes on the stove! The stove will be available starting at level 10. You can purchase it on the main farm market in the ’Buildings’ section.

Open the recipe book, select a dish, transfer the ingredients to the stove and press ’Cook’ to start cooking. Each ingredient will add a certain amount of taste points to your dish. The number of taste points and (red) stars you can achieve will determine the quality and value of your dish, so be careful and finish cooking on time! If the dish is overcooked, you will lose taste points.

Note: if you cancel cooking that has already begun, the unused ingredients will be returned to the barn, and the ingredients that have already been added will be digested.

You can cook using ordinary products from your farm, or you can cook molecular gastronomy. To get these special recipes for the stove, unlock the Molecular Gastronomy and Village Food technologies in the lab. To learn more, watch the YouTube tutorial video:

Farm Beauty Contest

Get famous all over the world! Participate in a beauty contest on the farm and get a chance to win new special awards.

How to take part? A beauty contest on the farm is available after reaching level 30. The contest is held every month. You can take part in it by going to the Menu — Beauty Contest in the game and clicking on the «Participate!»

Voting. All participants of the beauty contest on the farm can send a photograph of their farm to the contest.After you send a picture of your farm, Dania, Felicia, dad and grandmother will vote for you daily. Votes sent by others for your farm during the month are cumulative even if you change the picture of your farm within a month.Want to get more votes from Dani and the rest? Try replacing a snapshot of your farm. You can do this once a day. Dani, Felicia, dad and grandmother have their own criteria by which they vote for the farm. Click on their image in the beauty page to learn more about the criteria.

Important: you can get a maximum of 6000 votes from the characters in the game, but after that you can still get votes from other players.

You will also have the opportunity to vote for other farms several times a day (the higher the level, the more opportunities you will have to vote). You can vote for another player’s farm in the Random Picks and My Neighbors tabs. To get a reward from the chest for voting for other farmers, you need to vote for at least one farm in the desired tab.

Important: by voting a second time in the same tab, you will not receive a second chest.

There is also the «Bets» category. You can bet 3 times a day. Each time you will need to visit 2 farms and place a bet on that farm, which, in your opinion, has a higher rating in the current beauty contest. If you guess, you will receive more generous rewards. You cannot use this category on the first day of the beauty contest: bets start only on the second day.

Awards. There will be only one winner in each beauty contest on the farm. The winner will receive a gold cup, which he will be able to install on his farm. At the end of each month, the gold cup goes to the winner of the next beauty contest on the farm. This means that each winner will be able to admire the gold cup on his farm for about a month before the cup goes to the winner of the next beauty contest on the farm. The same applies to the silver goblet, bronze goblet and consolation prizes — iron goblets. You can also win purple Mistrons, special badges and decors by getting a certain number of votes in a beauty contest on the farm. These rewards will remain on your farm forever.

What is a rich man? A rich man is a cow figurine that produces 1 FA per day for a limited time. A rich man does not need to be cleaned to produce an FA.

How to get rich man? The sale of the rich man is available from time to time. This sale automatically appears for those who have never bought the Rich Man. It can be purchased only 1 time.

How does the rich man work? The rich man produces 1 FA per day, regardless of whether his neighbors have cleaned it. If you missed the day and didn’t take the FA, don’t worry, you can pick it up the next day. Thus, all promised FAs will be received. When a neighbor cleans your Rich Man, he will receive a gift box, but you will not receive additional bonuses. You can only receive FA. After you collect all the FAs from the Rich Man, you can buy an extension by clicking on it to continue collecting FAs.

Daily Orders (Order Board)

After the order board appears on your farm, orders will be sent to it every day. For completing each task from the order you will be awarded points, coins and 1 blue Mistron. The more daily orders you complete per day, the more points you get, the faster you can win prizes. Do not worry if you miss an order, the collected points will not disappear. Just continue to fulfill orders the next day.

How to get an order board? The order board can be obtained after unlocking the allotment of the building site located to the left of your farm, next to the gallery. Complete the necessary tasks to unlock the site to open the order board!

How does the daily order system work? Click on the Order Board, which is installed on your site, to look at the order. The daily order panel will load.

The panel displays the following information:

A timer is the time it takes to complete orders.

Orders Each order has a certain time for which it needs to be completed. In the order, you will also be able to see what exactly needs to be done, as well as the award that relies on the order. If you have completed the order, it will be marked with a green tick.

Fulfillment of daily orders and subsequent orders. After you have completed all the orders of the day, the following window will appear:

You can check which products or items will be needed for subsequent orders by clicking on the «Hint» button. The timer located at the top of the window shows the time of the following orders.

Board of orders. Awards. To see what awards await you for completing orders, click on «Show Prizes» to the right of the progress bar. The number of points required to receive the next award is shown to the left of the progress bar. The following example shows that the next reward is a Watering can by 25 times, and it takes 250 points to get it.

If you have already completed orders, the rewards window will be displayed by default.

OP-sheep / Energetic sheep / Mystrono-sheep / Sheep with bait / Gasoline sheep . For the execution of orders you will receive super prizes. These are different lambs, which are a brushing decor. After you pass the first round of the order board and receive a gasoline sheep as a reward, you can continue to fulfill orders from the order board. At the same time, you will receive only 1 blue Mistron for 1 order as a reward.

Mistrons. Mistrons are a very useful currency in the game. The game has 5 types of Mystrons, which can be earned in various ways. Green Mistrons can be obtained:

  • From the calendar;
  • From the chests of the mini-quest;
  • Fishing;
  • From the gallery;
  • From boxes with cleaning decors;
  • From balloons with video (if you are not playing on the Kindle).

Yellow Mistrons can be obtained:

  • From the chests of the mini-quest;
  • From the house of trophies;
  • For cleaning decors with sales;
  • For the planning of the assistant monkey amplifiers for the future.

Blue Mistrons can be obtained:

  • Fulfilling orders on the order board;
  • For cleaning decors with sales;
  • Fulfilling all the visitor’s orders in a bistro in a day.

Purple Mistrons can be obtained:

  • Participating in a beauty contest on a farm.

Red Mistrons can be obtained:

  • From friend trees.

For Mystrons, you can purchase various game items in the Mystery store, as shown in the picture below. You can enter the Mystery store through the market at your farm: the desired button is located in the upper left corner of the market window. The Mystery store in the upper right corner shows how many Mystrons you have now. Items change every 24 hours. At the top of the Mystery store, you can see a timer that counts the time before items in the Mystery store change.

Important: FA always remains available in the store, but please note that its cost changes every day.

Trophies and trophy house

Where can I see my trophies? Do you see a small house located on the beach?

Click on it, the trophy panel will open. The higher your level, the more trophies in the house.

How many trophies? The number of trophies depends on what level you are now. With the advent of new features in the game more trophies will be added. There are 3 different types of trophies:

1. Trophies for production or cultivation , for example: «Plant 300 clover beds.» Obtaining this type of trophy is easier than the rest. To obtain them, it is necessary to produce the required quantity of products. If you sell manufactured products, this will not have any effect on the receipt of the trophy.

2. Trophies for the expansion of the site , for example: «Buy an extension of 17 x 17». These types of trophies are quite difficult to obtain. You will need to reach a certain level, have a certain number of coins and special objects in order to get an extension. Do not sell items required for the extension until you have bought the extension.

3. Trophies that can be obtained with the help of other players , for example: «There must be neighbors — 6». To find new neighbors, go to the fan pages of the game on Facebook and VK and on the Family Farm forum.You can also add neighbors by their farm ID in the game. The more neighbors you have, the more fun and easier it will be for you to play and complete tasks.

What will I get for winning all the trophies? Each trophy has 5 levels. For reaching the first levels you can get OP, XP, coins, gasoline as a reward. For the next levels you can get more expensive prizes, and for all 5 levels — free FA!

How do I know if I received all the trophies? If you received a trophy, a large yellow arrow will appear above the trophy house. When you see such an arrow, it means that a trophy awaits you there :)

Why are trophies constantly changing places? Each time you enter a farm or rise to another level, the trophies in the trophy panel are swapped. In the first place there are always trophies that you have achieved and for which you can already get a reward. After them trophies follow, to which you are close to receiving, then — all the others.

How to build and use a kitchen?

What is a kitchen? In the kitchen you can cook delicious dishes from farm products, animals, machine products. With the help of the kitchen, you can carry out daily orders and create some ingredients for machine production, for example, corn flour for making corn bread in a bread machine.

How to build a kitchen? If you are at level 9 or higher, you can purchase a kitchen in the market. To complete the construction of the kitchen, you will need to ask the neighbors for details. You can see exactly what details you need by clicking on the unfinished kitchen on your site.

How to cook in the kitchen? Select the desired recipe in the kitchen, click on the image of the dish, and you will see a cooking window.

On the cooking panel:

  1. Check out the dish information in the box on the left. Here you can see the name of the dish, cost, XP for cooking, the necessary utensils.
  2. Check what ingredients are needed to prepare your meal, how many are needed, and how many ingredients you have in the barn.
  3. Click on the Create button to prepare the dish. Cooked meals are sent to your barn and can be sold or used to prepare more complex dishes.
  4. Click on the picture of the item if you do not know what it is.

Kitchen energy. Energy is needed in order to cook in the kitchen. To prepare 1 recipe, you need 1 unit of energy.

If you have run out of energy, you can purchase it in the following ways:

  • Standby: 1 unit of energy is automatically added every 10 minutes.
  • Purchase: additional energy can be purchased on the market for FA. Click on the plus to the right of the energy bar to buy energy.

How does the recipe menu work in the kitchen? If you want to cook such a complex dish in the kitchen as apples in gorgonzola cheese, you must first prepare 2 simple dishes.

For the dish apples in gorgonzola cheese, you must prepare honey syrup and apples in cheese. To cook these dishes, click on the square.

Why is there a picture of utensils on the recipe card? The picture with the utensils in the lower left corner indicates that special kitchen utensils are needed to prepare this dish. Such utensils can be purchased on the recipe card. Having bought the necessary utensils once for one dish, you can use it to prepare other dishes.

Simple and complex dishes. Simple and complex dishes can be prepared in the kitchen. Complex meals can be sold more expensive than simple ones.

How can I get more recipes? More recipes can be obtained as follows:

1. Reach new levels to unlock new recipes. In the kitchen, on the recipe panel, you can see what level is needed for a particular dish.

2. Keep playing, the developers are constantly working on creating new interesting recipes.

Fishing

Caution: fishing is available at level 22.

If you are tired of worries at the farm, you can go fishing. The fishing pier is located near the sea. Stop by and check your fishing opportunities! Click on the sea, the fishing function will load.

Below is a short description of all the functions in the picture:

  1. The amount of bait. To add more bait, click on the plus. A window will appear where you can exchange products from the barn for bait. Maximum bait: 999.
  2. The new icon is the fishing net icon. It will become available when you open a fishing school after reaching level 8 of the sea resort.
  3. The icon indicates which fishing rod you are currently using. To change the fishing rod, click on the icon. You will see 3 types of fishing rods. The more expensive the fishing rod, the more successful and easier the fishing.
  4. The icon shows the type of hook you are using. There are 4 types of hooks that require different amounts of bait.Each hook can catch different types of fish. Please note that 1 use of a multi-colored hook costs 1 FA.

The book of the fisherman. Click the book icon in the corner on the right to open it. Here are all types of fish, as well as what kind of hook is necessary in order to catch a particular type of fish. Pay attention to the stars in the book next to the fish. Stars can be obtained as follows:

  • For the number of caught fish of one species.
  • For the number of clicks when fishing a fish of this species.
  • For the biggest caught fish of this species.

On the right side of the screen, small fish show the number of fishing chances. You have 7 chances. Each chance takes 10 minutes to recover. Additional chances can be purchased for OB.

Adding duck and goose ponds

Duck pond. To place a duck pond on a site, you first need to purchase 4 ponds on the market and place them on the site. Click on the market icon.

Buy a pond and place it on your farm.

Place the rest of the ponds nearby in a square shape.

After you have located the ponds, return to the market and buy a duck pond.

Try to place the pond on water (2×2).

When the duck pond turns green, it means that the place has been chosen correctly, and now you can place the pond.

Goose pond . To place a goose pond, do the same, only you need 9 ponds. Arrange the ponds in the shape of a 3×3 square. Then buy a goose pond at the Market.

How to make tall objects invisible? If tall buildings or trees interfere with you, you can make them invisible.Click on the yellow arrow at the bottom right on your screen. Select the move tool — 4 blue arrows in the shape of a cross, then click on the blue eye on the left of the screen.

This function only works on your farm; you cannot make objects invisible on a neighboring farm.

Land for buildings. Starting at level 13, you can unlock the land for buildings on the main farm (it is located to the left of the gallery). On the land for buildings you can put a warehouse, a snack bar, a kitchen, a seafood house, a beauty salon, both greenhouses, etc. Land for buildings can be expanded and get more space on the main farm.

Important: You cannot use a greenhouse for trees and a greenhouse and plant plants in them if they are on a building site!

Shop «Mystery». In the Mystery store you can exchange Mistrons, boat tickets, as well as coins for game items.You can go to the Mystery store from the Market tab -> Mystery Store or by pressing Menu -> Mystery Store.Tabs with items that can be bought for Mystrons are updated every day. The tab with items that can be bought for coins can be updated independently (the number of updates is limited!). The items that you will see in the Mystery Store after the update are the secret.

You can return to the Market by clicking on the «Market» button located in the upper left corner of the Mystery store.

Ball with Mistrons. From time to time over your farm you see a flying ball with Mistrons. After you click on it, you can watch the promotional video and get the green Mystrons as a reward.

Attention: in order to receive the award, the advertising video must be watched to the end.

The diner. In the diner, neighbors can treat each other with dishes. For each dish your neighbor ate, you get coupons. Coupons can be exchanged for medals that automatically appear on the diner field. When 4 medals stand in a row (horizontal, vertical or diagonal), you will receive a reward.

How to eat a meal in a diner? To eat at a neighbor’s diner, go to the neighbor’s farm and find a diner. If the neighbor has ready meals, a dish icon will appear above his diner (as shown in the picture), click on the icon to eat the dish.

For a meal you eat at a neighbor’s diner, you will receive a bag of a diner.

Wheel of fortune. In the new version, a new wheel of fortune will appear in the game, which can be bought on the main farm market in the Buildings section after reaching level 3 of the farm!

The new wheel of fortune has 2 functions. The first function is the wheel of fortune, which you can spin once a day for free and get a gift. The second function is the wheel of fortune, which can be twisted using the chips of the wheel of fortune. The first scroll will give you a choice of 2 rewards, the second scroll will give you a choice of 3 rewards, the third and subsequent scrolls will give you a choice of 4 rewards.

You can only get one of these rewards for each spin. Additional rewards can be bought for coins or FA, and you can share them with your friend of class 2. A friend can buy them for coins or FA. The first scroll costs 5 chips of the wheel of fortune, the second — 10, each subsequent — 20. After the second scroll, you can choose the option to scroll the wheel 5 times with one click (cost: 100 chips of the wheel of luck).

Attention!Good luck wheel chips are deleted every time the timer on the good luck wheel shows 00:00. Use your chips in a timely manner!

Decor kit. Get new fun moving decors by assembling them from individual pieces! All set-decors consist of a base and four items. Together they form a kit with cute animations. You can recognize the decor kit by the icon, similar to the puzzle house next to it. You can find a decor kit on the main farm market.

How to assemble a decor kit? If you have all the parts of the decor kit, you can use the function of moving objects to place them on the base of the decor. To move items, click on the yellow arrow at the bottom of the game screen, and then on the blue arrow pointing to all four sides. Click on the item you want to move and move it to the base. To attach an item to the base, click on the house icon from the puzzles.

Each component of the set decor can also be placed on the farm separately. You can disassemble the decor kit by selecting the function for moving objects, and then clicking on the decor kit and again on the house icon from the puzzles. You can choose which part you want to separate from the decor kit.

Gift Code. Gift Code is a new feature that will allow you to exchange your existing code for a reward in the game. To do this, click on Settings (the blue gear in the game) and then click on the line Gift Code.

Enter the code you have and click OK. Gift code can be used only once, and after activation it can not be reused.

Icon. An icon is a picture by which other players will recognize your farm. You can find many icons in the game. You can get some badges for achievements on the farm, and some you can get at the Mystery store for coins or Mystrons. To change the icon of your farm, click on the picture in the upper left corner of the main screen — this is the icon of your farm. In the tab that opens, you can choose whether you want to use your Facebook photo or one of the icons that you can find in the game as the icon of your farm. You can also change the frame around the icon. Frames can be obtained by collecting club points or winning a beauty contest on a farm.

Note!If when buying an item in the Mystery store you see a frame around the item — this is an icon, not the item itself! Look at the image below to learn how to distinguish an icon from an item in the Mystery store.

Lighthouse. The lighthouse was repaired, and now it can be used! Use the lighthouse to find more information about the game and complete old special missions. The lighthouse will be available in the game upon reaching level 5. From the lighthouse, you will be able to activate and pass the old special tasks. They can be found in the second tab — «Archive of special tasks.» To learn more about how to pass the old special tasks, click on Settings (blue gear) -> Help and feedback -> Tips for the game -> Archive of special tasks.

Note: The gallery no longer has a tab with a camcorder.

Assistant Monkey. The assistant monkey and the magic rabbit are united! Use this feature to speed things up on the farm! Now it will be available upon reaching level 16, and it can be purchased on the main farm market in the Buildings tab.

Plan your power-ups and get the yellow Mystrons as a reward! There are 8 types of power-ups in the game, and you can schedule one power-up of each type per day. The gain will last all day! Press on «?» in the upper left corner to see the instructions for use and find out exactly how each of the enhancements will help you. In the monkey window, you can also see which tasks will appear in the game soon. Click on the quest icon to learn more.

Guest Center

A guest center allows guests to visit your farm. You can get the guest center from the task «My first pet 4». The guest center will need to be placed close to the trail so that guests can walk around your farm. The guest center has 4 areas. The first area will already be open, and you can unlock the rest by receiving a certain amount of materials. By opening a new area, you will receive rewards and meet new guests.

How to invite guests to the farm? To invite guests, you will need a passport.

In the upper left corner of the guest center window you will see the number of trails that are needed so that guests can walk around your farm. If you have too few paths, guests will not be able to walk around the farm. When a guest enters your farm, you cannot reduce the number of trails available.

To invite a group of guests, click on the «Start» button at the bottom of the window. It will also show how many passports are needed to invite this group of guests. For example, -1 means that your current number of passports will decrease from 3 to 2.

How to fulfill guest orders? When guests arrive at your farm, they will begin to walk around it. After some time, an order icon will appear above the guest:

Click on the icon, and your pet will approach the guest to begin trade negotiations.

You can click on the guest to see the cost of negotiations (in units of liveliness), the reward for completing the order and the mood of the guest.

Please note that if the guest disappears from the farm after you receive all the orders, you can still check the order by clicking on the guest center and then on the to-do list.

There is an invoice for each order, which varies depending on how long it took you to complete the order, as well as on the guest’s mood. At the end of the order, the remaining time and the general mood indicator will be taken into account to determine the final score.

How to unlock other areas? In Korovograd there are 4 areas. «Cooperation on the farm», «School building», «Bay ’Peace» and «Megapolis». To open a locked area, click on it: in the window that opens, requirements for unlocking the area will be indicated. To unlock orders with stars in the guest center, you must fulfill certain requirements.

Please note that you need to get coins for fulfilling orders with a certain number of guest stars from a certain area of ??the guest center (click on «Earned coins» in the panel of the blocked area to find out more).

How to get 2- and 3-star orders? In each area you unlock, you will first receive orders with one star. To receive orders with two and three stars, you will need to first complete certain tasks. You can see the tasks needed to unlock 2- and 3-star orders. To complete a 2-star order, you will need a 2-star passport:

To complete a 3-star order, you will need a 3-star passport:

Note: the system will add passports to your game account every day, with the exception of 3-star passports. 3-star passports will be added once a week.

Guest Center-2 — Fair

Play with farmers from all over the world! At the fair, you can create teams together with other farmers so that your pets work together and earn pet cards! The fair will open when you unlock all regions of Korovograd by 1 star (in the guest center), and you can enter it by clicking on the balloon next to the gallery.

How can I play at the fair? You can participate in the fair by creating your own team or joining an existing one. When the team starts working, you will try together to achieve the goal (the right amount of coins), using pets to negotiate with guests, and after the fair you can pick up rewards.

How to create your own team?

When you create your team, you automatically become the head of the team. Before you begin, you will need to prepare: choose the difficulty level of the fair (1, 2 or 3 stars). The harder the better the rewards. You can see the possible rewards from the panel in the screenshot below.

After that, you will need to download products for the indicated amount in coins and use 1 key to start the fair. If during the loading process of the fair you decide to cancel it, the products and the key will be returned to you.

Note: Products to be uploaded to the fair will be randomly selected and may change every week.

After clicking on «Start» you will have some time to select team members.

If you click on «+», you can invite neighbors or friends to your team. Please note that if the photo of your neighbor is gray, it means that this neighbor has not yet unblocked the fair.

You can also click on «Auto Search» to add randomly selected farmers to your team. Min level shows the minimum level at which the pet must be in order for it to join your team. The higher the level of the pet, the higher its liveliness and trading skill! Do not forget to check the «Application», as some farmers could apply for participation in your team!

Once the places in the team are full, click on «Start» to start work at the fair. Since you are the head of the team, you must assign pets to the guests by clicking on the guest and selecting a pet for him. Bargaining with guests, pets fulfill orders and earn coins. When the coin goal is reached, the fair will end and everyone will be able to choose their rewards.

Notes: Since you are the head of the team, you will need to monitor the liveliness of all pets. If the pet runs out of vitality, he will no longer be able to bargain with the guest assigned to him. You will need to feed your pet food as well as the pet of other farmers to make up for their liveliness. If you run out of food, you can purchase more. Watch the time on the timer above the coin counter for the goal.When the time runs out, the guests will change and the head of the team will have to appoint pets to the guests again.

How to join the team?

When you click on «Join the team», you will see a list of all available commands. You can choose which team you want to join. You can also click «Auto Search» to automatically find available commands.

Awards fair. After the fair ends, team members can open one box and get game resources. If they are lucky, they will receive a pet card! Team leaders will receive a key for a higher level of difficulty and, if the level of the fair was successful, they will be able to open two boxes with rewards even better.

Notes: The head of the team can open 2 out of 5 boxes if the fair level was passed successfully. If the team members are lucky, they will get a chance to open more than one box at the first three fairs, which they will join during the week (the week is updated every Monday at 3:00 AM Moscow time zone).

How to get keys for the fair? The key for the 1 Star Fair will be updated every 7 days.

  • To get a 2-star key, you must be the head of the team and you will need to complete the 1-star fair.
  • To get a 3-star key, you must be the head of the team and you will need to complete the 2-star fair.

Cleaning decors in stock. Now the neighbors can clean your decors when they are in stock! This way you can free up space on the farm for other items. When you visit a neighbor’s farm, if the neighbor has decors in his warehouse that can be cleaned, you will see a brush icon above their warehouse. Just click on this icon and get the best cleaning box available.

For example, your neighbor removed 2 decors to the warehouse. One of these decors gives a golden box from cleaning, and the second — a silver one. If you are the first to visit the neighbor’s farm and clean the decor in the warehouse, you will receive a golden box from cleaning. The next farmer, who will visit your neighbor and clean the decor in the warehouse, will receive a silver box. If your neighbor visited you and cleaned the decors in your warehouse, you can assemble your box by clicking on the game photo icon that appears above the warehouse after cleaning.

Bistro

Quests in the bistro. The principle of the bistro has been slightly changed. Now you can choose which orders of the Bistro visitor to fulfill first, and also fulfill as many orders as you like. The harder the quest, the better the reward. But don’t worry, you can update tasks for free. Odds of updating orders are updated every day at 3:00 AM Moscow time zone. There are 5 types of tasks: a fishing task, a donation task, a crop planting task, food preparation tasks and a quiz.

Pet search function. During tasks in the bistro, you can ask your pet for help — the pet will help you look for the item on the farm that is needed for the task.

Click on the pet icon, you will see the following window:

Choose a pet. The pet will have 15 minutes to find an item on the farm. If you are lucky, the pet will be able to find the item in the allotted time. However, a situation may arise when the pet will not be able to find one or another item!

Attention! This function can be used only once during the execution of one task. Also, the pet will not be able to dig out chests or bargain with guests if it is already busy looking for an item!

Ask your circle members for help. If your pet is unable to find an item for the Bistro, a button will appear to ask the participants in the circle for help. You can only ask for help once a day. Members of the circle can help those who ask for help 5 times a day, and as a reward for their help, they will receive reputation medals and coins.

Bistro quest reward. For each task you will receive a reward for a treat for a pet, a point of happiness and a coin. For every 30 completed tasks (or for every 20 tasks up to level 10) you will have a chance to receive a special reward that contains a scroll of pet equipment. Rewards of each level can be seen on the right side of the progress bar.

Pet Equipment You can melt pet equipment in the factory using the pet equipment book, pet equipment scroll, and another optional item.

Different pets have different equipment. After you put on your pet equipment, he will receive special skills in addition to existing ones. For example, increasing liveliness, trading skill, or any other skill used to bid with guests. Equipment has 3 parts: ur. 1, ur. 10 and ur. 20. Equipment lvl 1 can be worn on the pet, regardless of the level of the pet; equipment ur. 10 and ur. 20 can be worn on a pet of a certain level. Each pet equipment has its own class: A, B and C, among which class A gives the greatest number of properties with equipment. The equipment class is assigned depending on luck.

Equipment will be added to the nursery. Click on the nursery and check the equipment in the «Clothing» section.

How to get a pet equipment scroll and pet equipment book? At the end of each new level for the characters in the bistro, you have a chance to get scrolls of pet equipment and books of pet equipment.

Factory

The factory becomes available at level 14 of the farm in the «Buildings» section of the market. At the factory, you can connect items during game events, melt and disassemble pet equipment.

To connect. The new item and materials needed to join are available only during certain game events for a limited time.

Smelting. In the second tab — «Smelting» — you can smelting materials to get equipment for the pet. You will need a pet equipment book, a pet equipment scroll, and another optional item.

Smelted equipment will be assigned a class A, B or C. Each class gives a different number of properties, where class A is the best equipment property.

Disassembly. If you have too many identical pet equipment, or you want to remove equipment that you are not using, you can disassemble this equipment in the «Disassemble» tab.

Attention! After disassembling, the equipment will be lost forever, and you will not receive all materials back.

Gallery

Gallery has been improved! Check out the Decors tab to find out more!

Explanation of categories of the dropdown menu:

Everything: shows in the gallery all the decors available on the farm. Wishes: decors that you do not have yet, but which you would like to purchase. Click on the heart icon in the left window.

You can buy: decors that are available on the market and which can be purchased by clicking on the «Buy» button.

Market: decors can be purchased on the market in the «For site» section. Sale: decors are only available during limited sales. Special task: decors — rewards of special tasks. Assignments: Decors — rewards for special Family Farm gaming events.

Second dropdown menu:

Level: Decors will be sorted by unlock level. Landscape: decors will be ordered by the number of landscape points that you can get after setting the decor on the farm. Range: arranging decors according to the number of landscape points in the range of influence of decor. Size: arranging decors according to their size (the size of the beds is taken as the basis).

The last category is for finding a specific decor. In the «Decors» tab in the gallery you can also find information about which bag this or that decor will give after cleaning, and also on what basis the decor can be installed.

Flea market and supermarket

Get the flea market and supermarket on the main farm market in the Buildings tab and start trading! These buildings will be available upon reaching level 14.

Swap meet. Sell ??fresh products from your farm to your neighbors. If in one day you sold a product to a certain number of buyers, you will receive a reward for the day. The required number of buyers and the contents of the award depend on your level in the game.

How to trade goods? Click on the boxes with the goods to add them, and set the price. You can post an ad in the supermarket by clicking on the OP icon. Then not only your neighbors, but also farmers from all over the world will see your products and be able to buy them.

You can change the price at any time, remove the product from sale, or post an advertisement for it in the supermarket. Just click on the box with the goods and make the desired changes. Click on the photo in the lower right corner to visit the markets of neighbors and buy the products you need.

Rare foods. Now on the flea market you can sell rare products. Click on the third tab of the flea market and sell your products for OB.

Click on an empty box and a window will appear where you can add rare products for sale.

Set the number of products and price. Do not forget that you will need to pay a fee for a place: 500 coins per product. For each product there is a maximum quantity that can be sold, and the price can be set with an increase from 50% to 100%. You can also check what prices other farmers charge for the same products by looking at the top of the panel.

If you decide to sell products in the supermarket, you will be deducted from the tax. After the sale of products, the tax will be automatically deducted from your income.

Items shared on the wheel of fortune in a flea market. The flea market has a second tab with a wheel of fortune token icon. In this tab you will see objects that you shared with friends in the wheel of fortune. When you visit your buddies, you can purchase items from the wheel of fortune that they shared on their flea markets.

Note: Only friends of class 2 and above can buy these products from each other.

Supermarket. In the supermarket you can buy products for sale by players from all over the world. On the right side of the window will be shown the farmer who has left your viewed ad for the sale of products. You can visit this farmer and send him an invitation to the neighbors. Every day you can update available ads for free or for a fee.

Now you can also purchase rare products at the supermarket, such as laboratory plants and fruits, materials, stove dishes and pet equipment.

Click on items to check if they are on sale now.

Selection room

Your pet wants to have children! Find true love for your pet and get your baby pet or one or more skill books!What you need to remember before breeding: after breeding, the parents will go on a trip and will never return to the farm. In return, you will receive either a book / skill books or a toddler. Before breeding, you can choose whether you would like to receive a pet-baby or a book / books of skills.

What requirements must be met for selection? The selection room is in the third tab of the nursery. Only those pets that are not in the first tab of the nursery (that is, those that you cannot release to the farm) can be sent for selection. Pets must also be level 20 or higher.

How to make a selection? You can select a pet for selection by clicking on the pink «+» in the selection room.After that, you will see a list of all the pets that you can add to the selection room. Select the desired pet and click OK.

After that, your pet will be moved to the breeding room.

Note: in the breeding room there is a timer for 24 hours. During this time, your pet will be shown in the pet list. After 24 hours, you can update the timer or change the pet for breeding for another.

Go to the pet list to look at potential breeding partners. You can choose among the pets of all farmers in the world or among the pets of your neighbors.

You can click on the yellow circle in the upper left corner of the pet’s picture to see what you can get after successfully selecting your pet with this pet. That is, you will see possible skills books for this selection or the characteristics of a possible baby-toddler. When you find the best partner for your pet, send a selection invitation to the owner’s owner by clicking «Invite».

Note: When you send an invitation to the owner of the second pet, you can choose which reward for breeding you would like to receive as a result. You can choose either a new toddler or a book / skills books. If you find a pet whom you would very much like to cross with your pet, you can offer its owner OV so that the chance that he will accept your invitation increases.

Check your invitations in the last tab of the breeding room. If the owner of the pet to whom you sent the invitation did not accept it, or if the invitation has expired, your OB will be returned to you.

What happens after a successful selection? You will receive a notification that the selection has been successful. Go to the selection room and click on the gift box to find out what you got as a result of the selection.

Notes: If you selected a skill book as a reward, you will receive one or more skill books that will be stored in your laboratory repository; If there is not enough space in your laboratory storage, you will not be able to pick up skills books from the selection room until the storage space is empty; If you have chosen a baby pet as a reward, you will receive a baby pet that will be added to your nursery.

Please note that the toddler does not inherit the skills of its parents, and skills may be lost after breeding. The number of skill slots obtained as a result of selection is determined depending on luck in the interval from the minimum number of slots of one of the parents to the sum of the number of slots of both parents.

If you have selected a pet with fewer skill slots than your pet, as a partner, please bear in mind that there is a chance that the baby pet will be with fewer skills than your pet. Also, if you crossbreed a pet bought at a sale with an ordinary pet, it is likely that as a result of the selection you will get an ordinary pet.

How to remove a pet from a breeding room or replace it? To remove a pet from the breeding room, click on the pet that is in the breeding room. This window will appear:

Note: If you remove a pet from the breeding room or replace it with another, the invitations sent by you will automatically become invalid.

How to use skill books? For your pet to learn the skill using the book, go to the nursery. Open the second tab on the left and select the pet that you would like to teach the skill through the book.

Click on the skills book icon:

A new window will open:

Click on «Explore» for the pet to learn this skill.

Note: You can only train your pet in new skills when the pet has empty skill slots.

Well. The well opens when the area for buildings No. 4 is unlocked and is necessary to accelerate the maturation of plants.

Install watering on empty beds after unlocking the well. There are two ways to accelerate the ripening of plants with watering plants:

  1. Increase the limit of watering that you can set on the farm. This will help accelerate the ripening time of more plants.
  2. Increase the level of watering and reduce the ripening time of plants even more. The maximum level of watering is 9, which will give you 30% accelerated ripening of plants.

Note: When you install watering on beds in a greenhouse, a bonus by the time of ripening from a greenhouse will be added to a bonus by the time of ripening by greenhouses. For example, if a greenhouse accelerates the ripening of plants by 25%, and watering — by 15%, then the total bonus that plants will receive will be 40%. You can ask your neighbors for watering (either from the panel of the well itself, or from Menu -> Gift).

Pets

Start by setting up a nursery on your site. The nursery must be installed next to the trail. It can be purchased in the Buildings section of the farm market (requires level 10 or higher).

Different types of pets. The game has different types of pets. Among them there is a Labrador, a cat, a turtle, a bear, a poodle and many others. Pets of each type are divided into boys and girls. All pets live in the nursery.

Nursery. As soon as you get a nursery, you will receive the first pet as a gift. You can have a maximum of 15 pets, but only 4 pets can leave the nursery at a time. The first place in the first tab of the nursery is already open for you, and the rest will need to be unlocked. In the second tab, the first 4 places are also immediately open. You can also decorate the nursery by clicking on it, and then on the multi-colored roller on the left. The ears section will open when the nursery reaches level 2, and the hair and hats section when the nursery reaches level 3.

Chests and liveliness

The game has 5 types of chests: a regular chest, a silver chest, a gold chest, a diamond chest and a special chest. To dig up each type of chest, the pet will need a different amount of liveliness, and also a different amount of time. The pet recovers 15 units of liveliness per hour. Also, pets can be fed pet food — each serving gives 5 units of vitality:

and super-pet food — each serving gives 50 units of vitality and 10 experience.

Note: You can also use OR to instantly finish digging a chest.

Pet clothes. You can dress your pet as you please by clicking on the clothes button on the main panel of the nursery. Each type of pet has its own clothes. You can purchase them for 7 days, 30 days, or forever.

School of pets. At the pet school you can get a new pet. Go to the nursery and click on the second tab at the top to go to the pet school.

New pets can be obtained using pet cards, which can be collected by fulfilling guests’ orders at the guest center.

When you collect the required number of pet cards, open the pet school tab and click on the «Use» button to get a new pet.

Skill. After you use pet cards, your new pet may already have some random skills. Later, the pet will be able to learn a new skill, and in this case, if the pet no longer has free skill slots, the new skill will replace one randomly selected skill from among the current ones.

How to swap pets? To swap pets, click on the icon with blue arrows to the right of the pet as shown in the screenshot below:

How to release a pet? You can let your pet free at any time. To do this, click on the pet and hold until you see a red circle with a «-«.

A confirmation window will appear, where you will need to enter «OK» to confirm that you want to release the pet.If you change your mind about releasing a pet, click on the «x» in the corner of the window. Please note that a released pet cannot be returned.

How to lend pets? You and your buddies can borrow each other pets when you reach friend class 1. A borrowed pet will be able to dig up chests and bargain with guests. He will arrive at the farm with a full supply of liveliness and leave when the liveliness is over or, if this happens earlier, when it arrives at 3:00 in the morning in the Moscow time zone. While the borrowed pet is on your farm, you cannot feed it with pet food.

Note: When a friend lends your pet, you can still use this pet on your farm.

Forest nursery

Free up space on the farm by placing trees in a forest nursery! You can use it both for storing your trees and for continuing to care for them and harvest them. Forest nursery is available at level 35 and above. It can be purchased on the main farm market in the Buildings tab.

How to add a tree to a forest nursery? Click on the forest nursery. Then click on the green plus in the window that opens.

Click on the tree that you want to place in the forest nursery. After that, you will need to click on the blue arrow to add the tree to the forest nursery.

How to care for trees? Trees in a forest nursery grow automatically. If you want, you can use watering cans or super-watering cans so that the fruits on the trees grow instantly.

Types of forest nursery. Click on the colored roller to look at the views of the forest nursery. After buying a species, it will always be available and will give bonuses to your trees.

How to increase the number of rooms? Click on the «Improve» button to add new rooms to the forest nursery.

How to move trees inside a forest nursery? Click on the tree inside the forest nursery and 2 blue icons will appear on the left. The icon with an arrow crawling out of the box will allow you to remove the tree from the forest nursery and set it back on the farm, and the icon with two arrows will allow you to move the tree to another room in the forest nursery.

Improver. There are several types of improvers in the game. You will be able to purchase them when you reach certain levels. They can be bought on the farm market in the «Animals» and «Machines» sections, in the «Improver» tab. After installing the machine / animal on the improver, they will be able to produce more products and / or produce a new type of product using the gadget installed on the improver.

Gadgets for the improver can be purchased in the improver panel by clicking on the magnifier icon. Gadgets can be stored in stock in the Gadgets tab.

How to look for help on improvers? Click on the yellow arrow icon:

select the enhancement icon to check the status of the enhancements:

Here you will see the level of each of the improvers, the requirements for increasing the level and what gadgets you can install on the improver.

What gadgets can I put on improver? Click on the big yellow arrow, then on the improver icon (blue puzzle house) and after that — on the magnifying glass icon:

After that, you will see a list of all the gadgets that can be placed on this particular improver. You can click on the gadgets in this list to place these gadgets on the improver or remove them from it. Do not forget to click on the «Save» button!

If you take the gadgets to the warehouse, they will be stored in the warehouse in the «Gadgets» tab.

House of collection. You can purchase a collection house on the farm market -> «Buildings» section.

When the collection house is installed on your site, simply click on the «+» to add collected items on the farm to the house.

Press on.

to set collectable items back to the site. Press on.

to swap collected items inside the collection house. Please note that limited time items cannot be placed in the collection house. At the moment, the collection house has 6 rooms and a total of 72 beds.

Note: You can collect products from all collected items that are already ready for collection by clicking on the basket icon in the upper right corner.

Dani’s house

Have you reached level 23? Then you can open Dani’s house next to the building plot! You can decorate the house of Dani, as you wish. Dania will talk with you, give advice on the game and use the furniture in the house. And he will give you a present every day!

Points house Dani. Each piece of furniture installed in the house gives you points at home. Please note that there is a limit on how many pieces of furniture of each type will be counted in the total number of points at home. After you reach this limit, the points of the house of subsequent pieces of furniture will no longer be counted. Nevertheless, if, after reaching the limit, you acquire a piece of furniture with a higher number of points at home, this item will be counted instead of the previous items that have the least points at home. You can check how many points you have at home by clicking on the blue paint bucket next to Dani’s house.

Note: Wallpaper, partitions and flooring do not give points at home. Furniture items cannot be sold, but can be stored in a furniture warehouse.

The level of the interior. The level of the interior depends on the amount of your points at home. Every day you can receive a reward, the contents of which will depend on your level of interior. Your interior level will be indicated on a bucket of blue paint next to Dani’s house. After you take the reward, the countdown to the next reward will begin. The higher your interior level, the better the rewards.

Can I change Danya? You can choose a new outfit for Dani in any wardrobe in the house (you can install several wardrobes in the house). New outfits will soon appear at the exhibition (a small building next to a paint bucket).

Questions in circles

What bonuses will the circle give? After you enter the circle, you will get access to the following bonuses:

  1. Unique plants, cars, and animals that can only be purchased at a store in Watertown!
  2. Conversations with other circle members in circle chat;
  3. Get a gachapon machine as a gift after you acquire the FA, and share it with all participants in the circle;
  4. Get a chance to pull the OB as a reward from the gachapon!
  5. A lot of interesting orders, achievements and tasks, on the implementation of which you can work together with other participants in the circle.

What are circle gems and reputation medals? Fulfilling orders, achievements and tasks of the circle, you will receive gems of the circle and medals of reputation:

  • Gems circle. The property of the circle and belong to the circle. They are needed to increase the level of the circle and load new items into the «Curiosity» store. Only the head of the circle and his deputies will be able to raise the level of the circle.
  • Circle medals. Your personal rewards. You can use them by purchasing items in the Dikovina store.

Circle buildings. There are 5 main buildings in Watertown:

  • Municipality. In the municipality building, you can view the list of participants in the circle and various information, change the settings of the circle and check the history of the circle.
  • The fountain of prestige. This is the building where the achievements of the circle are located. All participants in the circle can contribute to the achievement of these achievements. The participant working on the achievement will receive a medal of reputation as a reward, and his circle — gems. After the achievement is completed, more gems will be credited to the circle account.
  • Hall of tasks. Old man Alfred in the assignment hall will give your circle a new assignment every week. Members of the circle will produce three of these products every week to complete this task. The participant working on the task will receive a reputation medal as a reward, and his circle — gems. After the task is completed, more gems will be credited to the circle account. But don’t forget, assignments are limited in time; complete the task, and the circle will receive bonus gems and a gachapon machine. The head of the circle and his deputies will be able to change the complexity of the task, if they believe that the task is too difficult or too easy.
  • Corner of orders. In the corner of orders you will find orders for you personally. For their implementation, you will receive reputation medals for yourself and gems for your circle. You will be able to fulfill 2 orders per day.
  • Shop «Curiosity». You can buy something in the Dikovina store only if you are in Watertown! Members of the circles will be able to purchase resources and new items, for example, new cars and new animals for reputation medals.Merchant Alexander will purchase new products every day, using the gems of your circle for this. The higher the circle level, the more goods will be available, although, of course, the price will be slightly higher.

City office of the circle. When your circle reaches level 2, you unlock the city circle office. The city office provides access to circle reinforcements that will help you work on the main and island farms, as well as in the sea resort.

Current list of boosts:

  • «Fisherman» (increases the likelihood of obtaining rare products in a seafood house);
  • «Volcanologist» (increases energy production in a volcano);
  • «Designer» (gives a chance to get a double number of items from the workshop and carpentry);
  • «Pilot» (gives the farmer double points for completing helicopter orders);
  • «Businessman» (increases the number of resort points for fulfilling orders at the resort).

The head of the circle or his deputy must open the reinforcements manually. After the gain is open, you will need to improve it with your own reputation medals in order for it to take effect. The higher the gain level, the better its effect.

  • Strengthening level 0 has no effect, so you will need to improve it with reputation medals;
  • Your circle boosts will be reset if you leave the circle.

How to enter or leave a circle? To enter the circle, you need to go to the main farm and click on the boat to the right of the trophy house. You can only enter the circle after reaching level 26.

You will see a list of existing circles. There will be shown the level of each circle and the number of participants.Circles come in three varieties:

  • «Open to all» — this means that any farmer can apply and enter this circle.
  • «Only by application» — this means that the head of the circle must approve the application so that the farmer who sent it must enter the circle.
  • «Closed» — this means that you can enter this circle only if the head of the circle personally invites you.

To leave the circle, you need to be in the circles. There you need to click either on the circle icon next to your game photo, or on the main building -> circle information button. The «Exit circle» button will be displayed in the panel that opens. Please note that after leaving the circle you will not be able to participate in the events of the circles and complete the tasks of the circle for 24 hours.

How can a circle leader raise a circle member to an alternate? How to demote deputy? To upgrade a regular member to alternate, go to the main building in Watertown. You will see a list of circle members. Just click on the participant and a button will appear to increase. If this member of the circle is already a deputy and you want to make him a regular member of the circle again, use the same method — only instead of the promotion button you will see a button for demotion.

If I am the head of the circle, how do I get out of the circle? The head of the circle can leave the circle only if he is the only participant in this circle. Before the head can leave the circle, all other participants in the circle must leave it.

How to invite other players to your circle? Only the head or his deputies can invite other players to the circle. If you are the head of the circle or deputy, click on the settings button in the circle panel -> «Applications»:

Once the player accepts your invitation, he / she will enter the circle without any additional formalities.

What is gachapon and how does it work? Gachapon is a shared circle reward that can be shared in a circle chat. From the gachapon, you can draw a reward — OB. There are three varieties of gachapon that can be earned in different ways:

  • Gachapon from Felicia: you can earn it by completing the tasks of the circle. He has no limit on the number of rewards; all participants in the circle can draw a reward from him until the time runs out. Depending on your luck, you can draw from 5 to 25 OV from it.
  • Gachapon from the participants of the circle: you can earn it by acquiring a FA (from 12 to 75 FA). This gachapone contains 15 capsules. Depending on the luck, 5 to 13 RH can be obtained from the capsule.
  • An advanced gachapon from participants in the circle: you can earn it by acquiring a FA (from 160 to 750 FA). It also contains 15 capsules, so hurry up to have time to stretch the capsule for yourself! Depending on the luck, from 8 to 40 OV can be obtained from the capsule.

After the participant in the circle shared the gachapon in the chat, it will be possible to pull the capsules out of the gachapon 24 hours and he will disappear from the chat after 48 hours.

Update time / rules for buildings.

  • Assignment Hall: Assignments appear every Tuesday at 3:00 AM Moscow time and end every Monday at 3:00 AM Moscow time.
  • Corner of orders: orders are updated every day at 3:00 in the morning in the Moscow time zone.
  • Dikovina Store: Alexander leaves the store every day at 2:00 AM Moscow time and returns in an hour.

The head of the circle and his deputies may expel the participant of the circle for 200 gems of the circle, if the participant has not entered the game for less than 7 days in a row. If the participant in the circle did not enter the game from 7 to 14 days in a row, you can expel the participant for 100 gems of the circle. If the number of days during which the player has not entered the game equals or exceeds 14 days, you can expel the participant for 0 gems of the circle.

Success circle. Depending on the reputation medals that you earn every week, working on achievements, tasks and orders, your successes will be calculated in a circle. There are 5 degrees of success:

Benefits. All members of the circle will be able to receive rewards daily, depending on their success last week. If you are a new member of the circle and did not complete any tasks of this circle last week, you will have a zero degree of success.

Who is the rosette? The rosette is a circle pet.

Rozovichok creates decors with which the circle will become even more beautiful. To achieve this, you need to perform 2 steps:

  1. Feeding. You can feed Rozovichka a maximum of 5 times to advance in the quest. For feeding, you can use any laboratory product. As a reward for feeding, you will receive reputation medals.
  2. Contribution. For the assignment, you will need specific items. Only after these items are brought in, the participants in the circle will be able to feed Rozovichka again.

How to build a decor when the little pinkie finishes it? When Rozovichok finishes working on the decor, simply click on the base for the decor in the circle.

When the decor is installed on the base, you will receive design points. The more design points your circle has, the more rewards the circle will receive.

Expertise skills in the city office. In the second tab of the city office, you can unlock the expert’s skills in order to use the circle devices. Your expert knowledge depends on your specialization in the laboratory, and each recipe will need to be unlocked using circle reputation medals. Each increase in recipe level will reduce production time according to your laboratory technology. If you change your specialization in the laboratory, the skill of the expert will automatically change after her.

Devices circle. After you unlock the skill of the connoisseur and upgrade it to level 1, you can start producing new products in the devices.

  • The oatmeal machine can produce products according to planting skills;
  • The apparatus for juice can produce products according to the skills of archeology;
  • The smoking apparatus can produce products according to the skills of zoology;
  • The bakery machine can produce products according to the skills of engineering.

How to reduce production time? There are 2 ways to reduce the production time in the apparatus. You can improve your expert knowledge in the city office or ask for help from the circle.

Shelves and goods store «Dikovina»

Alexander, the owner of the Dikovina store in Watertown, updates a range of goods every day for a certain amount of gems. The higher the level of your circle, the more shelves you can open. With the increase in the number of shelves, the number of gems grows, for which you can update the range of goods. Currently, the maximum number of shelves that can be opened in the Dikovina store is 6.

The first two shelves are open to each circle since its inception. The third shelf opens after the circle reaches level 2, the fourth after reaching level 3, the fifth after reaching level 4, the sixth after reaching level 5. The types of goods available in the Dikovina store depend on the number of shelves open around. Please know that only the head of the circle and his deputies can open new shelves.

  • 1 and 2 shelves: a bag of good luck with awards and a bag with pet food.
  • 3 shelf: bag with cattail seeds and bag with seeds of cherry tomatoes.
  • 4 regiment: a piece of the puzzle with a golden monkey and a piece of the puzzle with an elephant.
  • 5th shelf: a piece of the puzzle with a potter’s wheel and a piece of the puzzle with a coconut jelly machine.
  • 6 shelf: chocolate corgi card.

A bag of cattail seeds (can be used on the main farm) and a bag of cherry tomato seeds (can be used on the island farm) contain cattail seeds and cherry tomato seeds that can be planted on beds. With a cattail, you can feed an elephant to get clay. Cherry tomatoes can feed the golden monkey to get young coconuts. Jigsaw puzzle pieces with a golden monkey and jigsaw puzzle pieces with an elephant can be merged at the factory and get a golden monkey or elephant (in total 5 corresponding puzzle pieces for each animal are needed).

Jigsaw puzzle pieces with a potter’s wheel and jigsaw puzzle pieces with a coconut jelly machine can also be exchanged at the factory, but you will need to collect 10 pieces of each puzzle. A potter’s wheel produces pots. Coconut Jelly Machine produces Coconut Jelly. Chocolate corgi cards can be exchanged for chocolate corgi (only 50 cards are needed to get one chocolate corgi). After you use chocolate corgi cards from My Gifts, these cards, like all usual pet cards, will appear in the kennel, where you can exchange them for chocolate corgi.

Family Farm: Neighbors & Pals

How to add neighbors? There are 4 ways to add neighbors using the neighbors window in the game.

  1. By farm ID. Ask your friend for his farm ID to add to the neighbors, or post your farm ID on the forum or on your Facebook fan page.
  2. Connect to Facebook to find out which of your friends is playing Family Farm.
  3. By email. Invite your friends to play with you at Family Farm by sending them an email, then add them to your neighbors.
  4. By SMS. Invite your friends to play with you at the Family Farm and invite them to become your neighbors by sending SMS.

How to remove a neighbor? Open the list of neighbors, then find the neighbor you want to remove. Press and hold his photo until a red X appears in the corner of the photo. Click on X to remove a neighbor from your game.

How can I visit my neighbors? Follow these steps to visit your neighbors.

  1. Press the Menu button in the lower right.
  2. Click on the Neighbors icon, a list of your neighbors will appear.

3. Click on a player’s photo to visit his farm. If you are connected to Facebook, you can simply click on the handshake icon displayed at the bottom right.

What to do on neighboring farms? Every day on the farm of each neighbor you can help 5 times. Here’s what you can do on neighboring farms:

  • Fertilizing plants and watering trees . You can help your neighbor fertilize plants and water trees to accelerate ripening. For this you will receive 1 XP and 5 coins for each action.
  • Harvesting . You can also pick ripened plants. Do not worry, these plants will not disappear from the farm of a neighbor. Sometimes, something from a neighbor’s crop may fall into your barn.
  • Cleaning the decor . You can clean the decor of your neighbors. Find the decor with a brush and clean it. For cleaning the decor, you can get different items as a reward. The owner of the brushed decor will also receive a reward.

It is impossible to help a neighbor . If you can’t help your neighbor, don’t be upset. You will receive 5 XP and 10 coins for visiting neighbors! Click on the «Collect» button below when you are on the neighbor’s farm.

Why am I not getting neighboring plants? Sometimes some plants harvested from a neighboring farm end up in your barn. Do not worry, the plant will not be lost at the neighbor. If you don’t get neighboring plants at all, then perhaps you have already received the maximum possible number of plants for today. If you have not received any plants today, uninstall and reinstall the game. If this does not solve the problem, contact technical support.

How to show that I like a neighbor’s farm? When you visit a neighbor’s farm, you will see an emoticon located near the farm’s name. Click on the emoticon to show that you liked the neighbor’s farm.

Who liked my farm? By clicking on your game photo in the upper left corner, you can see how many neighbors liked your farm, but you cannot see the names of their farms.

Sending gifts to neighbors

There are 2 ways to send gifts to neighbors.

Sending from Inbox. Go to Inbox (yellow envelope in the upper right corner):

Select the «Gifts» tab and see the section with the wishes of the neighbors:

Click on «Send» if you want to send a gift to a neighbor, or on X to ignore a neighbor’s request.

Sending from the Menu. To send a gift to a neighbor, click on the «Menu» — «Gifts» button.

Click on the «Send» button to send one of the items to a neighbor. The higher the level of your farm, the wider the choice of gifts. After that, a list of neighbors appears. Click on the green plus to move the neighbors to the list of selected ones. The item selected as a gift will be sent to neighbors from this list after you click the green «Send» button.

You can use the search box at the top to find a specific neighbor, or click on the «Select All» button to send a gift to all neighbors. Click on the green Send button to send gifts to neighbors. After that, a message will appear on the successful sending of gifts.

How to ask for gifts?

You can ask for gifts in 2 ways.

Gifts. To ask for gifts from neighbors, go to «Menu» — «Gifts».

Select the gift you need and click on the «Request» button. Click on the green plus to move the neighbor’s name to the list of selected ones. The neighbor displayed in the selected list will receive a gift request. You can use the search button at the top to find a specific neighbor, or click on the «Select All» button to send a request to all neighbors. Click on the green «Request» button.

As soon as you click on the green button, a message about successful sending will appear at the top.

Note: You can ask for a gift from each neighbor only 1 time within 24 hours. The twenty-four-hour limit starts from the moment you asked or sent a gift to a neighbor.

Requests to send items to complete a building or build a car. For some buildings and cars you will need to collect parts from neighbors. To ask for an item, click on an unfinished building or car. A panel appears with the desired parts.

If you do not want to use the FA to purchase the necessary parts, select the «Request» button, a panel of neighbors will be displayed. Follow the instructions above to select players and ask them for gifts.

Why can’t I ask for gifts from my neighbors? You can ask for a gift from each neighbor only 1 time within 24 hours.

If after 24 hours you cannot send or ask for gifts, try the following.

  • For iOS devices: close the game completely.
  • For Android devices: clear game data and try again.

How to accept a gift? Gift is accepted in incoming messages. Incoming messages are indicated by a yellow envelope in the upper right corner of the screen.

You can accept gifts by clicking on the green button «Accept and send everything».

When you accept a gift, you send 5 gift coins to the player who sent you the gift. Coins are sent automatically after clicking the «Thank you» button.

How to use gifts? After accepting the gift from the envelope, it will appear in My Gifts, which are located on the right side of the screen in the form of a gift box. When you go to «My Gifts», you will see that under each gift there is a «Use» function.

Press the «Use» button, and if you have an unfinished building or car, a message will appear with the choice of the object to be completed using this item.

If you don’t have a car or building for which the item could be useful, you will receive a hint that you need to start assembling the car or building it.

Selling items. If you received as a gift what is no longer needed, then you can sell these items by clicking on the «Sell» button in «Gifts».

If you have more than 1 item for sale, you can select the quantity using the slider. Press the green button to confirm the sale or x to cancel and return to My Gifts.

If you have only 1 item for sale, clicking on the «Sell» button will automatically lead to a sale.

5 gift coins for neighbors. When you accept a gift, you can thank the player who sent the gift by sending him 5 gift coins. Coins are sent automatically after clicking the «Thank you» button.

Note: Coins are not debited from your account.

«Visit the neighbors right away.» Visit all your neighbors at once with one click! You can use cleaning tickets to visit several neighbors at once. Click the brush icon to open the Visit Now feature.

A visit to one neighbor costs 1 cleaning ticket. Use them and save time!

Where can I get cleaning tickets? You can get cleaning tickets from the VIP kit (third tab in the calendar window), from the chests on the trails and from the circle awards (in the city hall in the center of Watertown).

What happens at the neighbor’s farm?

  1. You can collect the cleaning box and diner bag if these items are available at the neighbor’s farm. You can set the priority for collecting different boxes from cleaning by clicking on the «Cleaning Order» button at the top of the window with a list of neighbors.
  2. You can collect a reward for visiting (experience and coins) automatically.
  3. You can automatically help your neighbor 5 times with fertilizer, harvesting and so on.

Is visiting neighbors still taking too long? Do not worry, if you press the ’X’ icon to close the panel and do other things on the farm, your pet will continue to visit neighbors in the background! You will receive a notification in the game when the visit to the neighbors is completed.

Acquaintances. Now in your list of neighbors a certain number of active players will appear. They will have a light blue background, and they will be located at the very end of the list of neighbors. The number of new acquaintances will depend on how many neighbors you have now, so the number may be different for each player.

Is it possible to visit acquaintances in the same way as ordinary neighbors? Yes, acquaintances will be able to do the same things as ordinary neighbors, but acquaintances will disappear the next day. If you would like to become neighbors with them on an ongoing basis, you can click on their game photo and then on «Add» to send them an invitation to neighbors.

How to learn more about the neighboring farm? Entering a neighbor’s farm, you will see a question mark to the left of the farm’s name:

Click on it and you will see information about the neighbor’s farm, as in the picture below:

How to hide farm information? To hide information about your farm, do the following:

  1. Click on the blue gear icon to find it in Settings.
  2. Go to the «Regulators» section,
  3. Turn the lever opposite the «Show information to neighbors» to the inactive position.

Friend

A buddy is your close friend in the game. Friends share special gifts and help each other to get wonderful rewards.

How to get a friend? Choose a buddy from the list of neighbors. After sending the request to your friends, you will have to wait until your neighbor accepts the application. You can only have a limited number of buddies.

Friend class and benefits. After you have a friend, you will both start with friend class 0. In order to improve the friend class, go to the friend’s farm and help him clean the decors, collect crops, fertilize plants or eat dishes in the diner. The higher your friend class, the more benefits you will both get in the game. Now when you visit a friend’s farm, you can get a friend’s gift. The higher your friendship class with this buddy, the better the rewards in gifts!

Buddy tree

After reaching friend class 1, you will get the opportunity to open the Red Mystrons section in Secret. In this section you can purchase a friend tree. Buy a friend tree and build it. You will need friendly hearts that are given for the help of your friends to your friendly tree. When the tree grows, it will generously reward you and your buddies, but after that it will disappear from your farm.

Family Farm: Island Farm Guide

How to access the island farm? Starting at level 28, you have the opportunity to look at the island farm. To get access to the island farm, you need to assemble a puzzle. You can assemble the puzzle by clicking on a small island in the sea or on the «Island» icon at the top of the screen. (The island icon is located between the inbox icon and the resource icon.) On the island, you will find six puzzles to collect. To learn more about the assignment, you can click on the «?» You can start collecting all six puzzles right away, in any order convenient for you.

When you finish the first adventure of the island farm, you will see the following message:

Once you collect all the jigsaw puzzles, you will gain access to the island farm.

Having access to the island farm, you will see the following:

Click on the island and start exploring it!

[Island] Buildings

New buildings are available on the island: workshop, carpentry, studio and glass factory.

Workshop . You can buy a workshop on the island market in the «Buildings» section. It is needed to produce the materials necessary to complete the construction of machinery and buildings on the island.

Note: The cost of a workshop in the market rises with the acquisition of each additional workshop.The maximum number of workshops on the island is 4.

Joiner’s house. You can buy a carpentry house on the island’s market in the «Buildings» section. It is needed for processing wood from trees for wood on the island.

Note: The cost of a carpentry house in the market rises with the acquisition of each additional carpentry. The maximum number of carpentry houses on the island is 4.

Studio . The studio is available after unlocking plot 6 on the island. At the studio you can create a variety of items needed for a carpentry or cars.

Attention: on the island there can be only one studio.

Glass factory. You can buy a glass factory on the island market in the «Buildings» section. With it, you can process materials from the mine.

Caution: The cost of a glass factory in the market rises with the acquisition of each additional glass factory. The maximum number of glass factories on the island is 2.

How to use buildings? Click on the building. On the left you will see items that can be produced. The right side shows the materials needed to craft items. To get more information about the building, click on the question mark.

Barbecue. A new machine has appeared on the island farm — barbecue! (available from level 28). Get a brand new skewer on the island farm market in the Machines section and complete it using the materials available in the Boat Tickets section of the Mystery store. The materials that will be available to you in the «Boat Tickets» section will appear in relation to your boat level:

  • Seasoning plate: buy it in the «Boat Tickets» section of the «Mystery» store after reaching level 6 boats;
  • Basket: buy it in the «Boat Tickets» section of the Mystery store after reaching level 7 boats;
  • Bowl for the marinade: buy it in the «Boat Tickets» section of the «Mystery» store after reaching level 8 boats;
  • Brush: buy it in the «Boat Tickets» section of the Mystery store after reaching level 9 boats.

A boat

Build your boat on an island farm and help other farmers complete their orders! Each completed order will give you rewards: coins and boat tickets.

How to load a boat with goods? Click on either your boat or this sign:

A boat panel will open where boat orders will be displayed. When you click on the square with the order, you will see in the right part of the panel the details of the order and its award. Click the green «Upload» button to upload this order to the boat. Download one of the orders yourself, and then send the boat to the sea by clicking on the icon in the lower right corner:

After that, your boat will sail to the sea so that other farmers can call it and complete the rest of the orders. Your boat will return automatically when all orders are completed. You can also return your boat from free swimming by opening the boat panel from the shopping center and clicking the icon:

If the boat is still at the marina of another player, you cannot return it.

How to call other boats? Call the boats of other farmers to exchange your goods for coins and boat tickets. To do this, you have two beeps on the pier. The numbers on the beeps indicate the number of boats you can call. For example, if you have 4/12 beeps, you can call 4 more boats. After you call one boat, the number of beeps will change by 3/12.

The brown beep calls another farmer’s boat, which is now at sea; The choice of the boat that will arrive at your marina will be made at random. You get 4 new brown beeps every day. The maximum number of brown beeps that you can accumulate is 12. The blue beep calls your friend’s boats. You get 1 new blue beep every day. The maximum number of blue beeps that you can accumulate is 3.

Please remember that first your friend must send his boat to the sea, and only then can you call her. When the boat arrives at your marina, click on it and complete the available order. The more orders you complete, the more rewards you can get! Click on the «i» in the boat panel to see the rewards.

Shopping center. Send your boat loaded with goods to the mall to earn boat tickets. To do this, open the boat panel and click the button below: «Send to the mall.» Your goods will be exchanged for boat tickets, which you can use to upgrade and rebuild your boat. Unfulfilled orders will be canceled after you send the boat to the mall.

Improvement and reconstruction of the boat

Improve your boat and rebuild it to your liking! Click on the top of the boat center as shown in the picture above and you will see three icons.

The blue arrow will open the upgrade panel, where you will see the requirements for leveling the boat.

Click on the purple T-shirt icon to rebuild the boat. The higher the level of your boat, the more parts of the boat you unlock. You can change different parts of the boat and decorate it with various boat items.

You can buy these items in the «Boat Tickets» section of the Mystery store. In this section you will see only items for those parts of the boat that you have already unlocked. The last globe-shaped icon is used for special world-time events. In these events, farmers from all over the world will work together to achieve a common goal.

Note: You cannot rebuild or upgrade your boat until it is at the marina.

After 1 minute, you can send another farmer’s boat back to the sea without loading goods.

Master points. All cars on the island can be upgraded with master points. Each car has blue stars — an indicator of the master’s points. The more stars you get, the more types of products can be produced by this machine. To see the number of stars, click on the car — the following window will appear:

Each time you make something on the machine, you get points of the master. These master points are counted for only one type of machine. For example, for the production of woolen fabric on a loom, the master’s points will be counted for all looms on the island. In order to find out how many points you need to unlock the next product (Master level), click on the question mark next to the blue stars:

Then you will see how many points you need to get to the next star.

How to view tasks on the island and main farms? In order to see the tasks for both the main and the island farm, simply click on the «!» Icon located in the upper left corner of the game screen.

After that, you will see a new pop-up window showing the progress in the current task on the main or island farm.You can switch between tasks of the main and island farms by clicking on the desired tab in the upper left corner of the window.

This feature is available on both the main and island farm.

How to go from the island to the main farm? In order to go from the island to the main farm and vice versa, click on the icon located to the left of the Inbox. Depending on which farm you are on, the icon will be different. The icon for the main farm is shown on the left, and for the island on the right:

Two different warehouses. The Family Farm has two different warehouses: one on the main farm and one on the island farm. Both warehouses are used to store animals, cars, decors, buildings and those items that you collect, but only what you got on the main farm is stored in the Main Farm Warehouse, and only what you got on the island farm is stored in the Island Farm Warehouse the farm. These two Warehouses: the main farm warehouse (left) and the island farm warehouse (right).

The main farm warehouse can be bought at the main farm market, starting at level 12. Access to the warehouse of the island farm can be obtained by opening the 10th plot. Both warehouses can be improved to fit more items!

Farmer Points

What are farmer points? Farmer points are needed to gain access to various items on the island, such as cars or trees in the market.

How many farmer points do I have? To find out how many farmer points you have, click on the purple star at the top and see how many farmer points you have.

How to get farmer points? You can get farmer points at the island farm by delivering orders by helicopter or completing some tasks on the island farm. First click on the helicopter. Select «Orders» and create all the products necessary for delivery. As soon as you collect all the products necessary for delivery, they will become colored.Press the space between the two products necessary for completing the order and, without lifting your finger from the screen, transfer them to the helicopter. (Click on the «?» In the upper left corner of the tab to see how to do this.) All products will be transferred to the helicopter, and the helicopter will transfer them to their destination.

When your helicopter returns, you will see a small icon on top of your helicopter, this will be the farmer’s points.Click on this icon to collect points and get a reward.

Why am I no longer getting farmer points by delivering orders by helicopter? Your initial island farm farmer point limit is 5,000 points. After you reach the limit of 5000 points, completing the delivery of orders by helicopter, you will receive helicopter bags instead of farmer points.To increase the farmer’s points limit, it is necessary to build jewelry that can be purchased on the island farm market in the section «For the site» -> «Specials». Each decoration can be purchased an unlimited number of times, but re-purchased jewelry will not increase the farmer’s points limit.

Attention!Island decorations only increase the farmer’s points limit, that is, the number of farmer points that you can potentially earn. To earn the farmer’s points yourself, please complete helicopter orders and island missions after the island jewelry is completed.

Trees

There are two types of trees on an island farm: fruit trees and trees for wood. There are two ways to get trees. The first way is to unlock the areas where the trees are located. The second way is to buy trees in the market. Look at the trees on the island farm market in the Trees tab.

The number of trees that you can grow on the island is limited. For example, only 5 mulberry trees can grow on a farm. The price of a tree varies depending on how many trees you already have. To unlock some types of trees, you need to earn farmer points on helicopter delivery of orders.

By collecting fruits from fruit trees, and then laying these fruits in various machines, you can create other products. Trees for wood give wood. To collect wood, you can use a hacksaw, which can be found in the «Create» item in the «Tools» (it cuts 1 tree at a time), or an electric saw, it can be bought for FA (it cuts 2 trees at a time).

If, clicking on a tree, you see under the tree name «10/10», this means that from this tree you can collect only 10 units of wood. After you receive 10 units of wood, the tree will disappear. After the tree for wood disappears, one more tree can be bought in the market. For example, you already have 7 oaks. This is the maximum available number of trees of this species, and you can no longer buy oak.

Then you collected 10 units of Wood from one tree, and it disappeared. Now you can buy another tree.

Using wood in the sawmill and in the workshop, you can create other products.

Cars

A lot of new cars have appeared on the island farm. There are two ways to get a car. The first is to unlock a new site. Cars located in this area will also be unlocked. The second option is to buy a car on the island farm market. Go to the island farm market and select «Machines», as is done in the picture below:

In order to get some cars, you will need to earn farmer points. The picture also shows that on an island farm there can be only four cars of the same kind. For example, if you bought four hat machines, you cannot buy another one. The more cars of one type you have, the more expensive it will be for you to buy the next car of the same type.

How to finish the car? By clicking on the unfinished car, you will see the materials necessary for its construction. Some materials can be asked from the neighbors, and some you need to get yourself. Click on the «Request» button to get the opportunity to get the necessary materials. After collecting the necessary materials, return to the car. You will see a barn icon next to the materials. For instance:

By clicking on the icon, you will see the following pop-up screen:

Click OK to add materials to the machine. After that, the barn icon will disappear. Having collected all the necessary materials and adding them to the machine, you can use the machine.

How to use cars on an island farm? The principle of operation of the machines on the farm is almost the same. Here is an example of how a super bread machine is used. By clicking on the car on the farm, you will see the following image:

Scrolling the list of products left or right, you can select the product you want to make. By clicking on the «?» Icon, you will learn basic information about the product. For instance:

As you can see in the picture, in order to get stars for cars on an island farm, you first need to get master points. Use the machine to create products, and get master points for this machine. When you have enough points of the master, you will receive a star. You need to collect a certain number of stars in order to open more products for your car. To open different types of products requires a different number of stars. For instance:

By clicking on the product image and holding it, you will see additional information about this product.

Volcano

You can find the volcano on site 12, the newest of all sections of the island farm.

Every three hours, the volcano produces from 4 to 6 units of energy, which can then be used in the kitchen on the main farm to prepare meals, or in the workshop on the island farm.

When the energy is ready to be collected, you will see an energy icon (flame) above the volcano.

Decoration. Jewelry — items for the island that can be purchased at the Island Market. With the decoration, you can increase the farmer’s points limit. Jewelry has the following icon:

Attention: Decoration increases the limit of farmer points, not their number!

Where to find baskets for the production of flower baskets? Baskets are made by a cute panda on an island farm. Buy a panda in the market in the «Animals» section. After that, feed the panda with bamboo, after some time baskets from the remains of bamboo will be ready.

Mine

The mine is located on an island farm. Unlocking it, you will get the opportunity to extract valuable raw materials, which can then be used in the production of other items (for example, copper or gold bars). The raw materials that you receive after the explosion depend on the subversive you choose.

How to use the mine? If the recovery percentage of the mine is more than 1%, click on the mine. To lay down subversive funds, transfer the subversive funds that you want to use to empty seats or invite a neighbor to help you. You can invite a neighbor by clicking on the image of a neighbor next to an empty slot. Then press the «Boom» button. Next to each subversive, it is shown what percentage of the recovery of the mine is necessary for this tool to be used.

After the explosion, you will have the opportunity to pick up materials. At the bottom of the screen, under the mine, you will see how much the mine is damaged by the explosion. If you see 0%, then you need to wait until the mine recovers, then you can lay down subversive funds again. Different types of blasting agents affect the mine in different ways: the more effective the blasting means, the more time it will take for the mine to recover.

How to register an item on an island farm? To register an item on an island farm, go to the island farm and click on the yellow arrow at the bottom of the screen. After that, an image of the Gallery will appear above the arrow. Click on the Gallery image and then on the item you would like to register.

The second way to register an item on an island farm is to go to the island farm and then go to the Gallery by clicking on the «Menu» button and selecting the Gallery icon.

How to unlock and improve a seaside resort? If you have already opened an island farm and you have 1000 or more farmer points, look at the bottom of the island farm — there you will see a hydroplane. Click on it and you will see what needs to be done to build it. After you build it, you can unlock a new seaside resort!

What are resort scores? Resort points are needed to improve the resort. The higher the level of your resort, the more products and resort design options are available to you. (Click on a resort to see resort design options.).You can get resort points by fulfilling orders in the buildings of the sea resort: Cafe Ocean, a souvenir shop, Tropiki spa and Eden restaurant. These buildings will become available to you when you unblock certain sections of the sea resort.

How to fulfill orders at a beach resort? To complete the order, you need to put 1 product on display. When the timer runs out, guests at the resort will pick up groceries. You can also skip waiting times for OBs.

How to improve a showcase? After you complete a certain number of orders, a new showcase will become available to you. If you want to sell more products from the same window at the same time, click on the green arrow on the left side of the trading building:

So you can improve your existing display case and get more shelves. If you have more shelves, you can put up more items for sale at the same time!

Seaside Resort — Fishing School

The fishing school will open automatically when you open the 8th section of the sea resort. After the opening of the fishing school, you can fish on the main farm with the net!

What are fishing skills? The fishing school has 3 fishing skills: Nutritious Food, Alluring Bait and Attractive Net. The higher the level of fishing skills, the better you will be able to fish.

  • Nutrient Feed: Improving the Nutrient Feed skill will increase the number of fish that you can catch per day, and also give a bonus to the first catch of the day.
  • Attracting Bait: This skill will help you unlock reinforcement (catching only a specific type of fish; once) for catching nets.
  • Attraction Net: This skill will help you increase the amount of fish you get with each catch.

Net fishing. After you open a fishing school, your fishing pier will turn into a fish plot and you can fish in nets. It will be possible to enter the fish plot both from the fishing school and from the main farm.

  • «Fish caught»: a limited number of fish can be caught every day;
  • «New season»: a new fishing season begins every day at 3:00 in the morning Moscow time zone. At this time, the amount of fish available for fishing will be updated.
  • You can choose whether you want to fish with a net or fishing rod. Fishing nets corresponding to your fishing rods will be available automatically.
  • Fishing net / Fishing rod: depending on your fishing net, the number of fish you can catch and the time it takes to catch the net can be different. Also, the better your fishing rod, the easier it will be for you to fish!
  • Float / Hook: The types of fish that you can catch are determined by the float or hook used (the float opens automatically).

Note: The bait limit will increase 10 times after the opening of the fishing school. With the first catch of the season, you can catch more fish than with subsequent ones.

Sea resort — Tourist objects

How to invite guests to my resort? You can invite your neighbors and farm guests to the resort by clicking on the hydroplane on the island farm.

There are 2 types of seats on the seaplane: economy class and first class. The economy class is for farm guests (game characters), and the first class is for neighbors. After you click the «Invite» button in the seaplane panel, the invitation will be sent to the chat, and your neighbor will need to accept the invitation. After that, you will need to go into the chat and click «Pick up» to add the guest to the seaplane.

Where to find tourist sites? You can buy tourist objects on the market of the sea resort -> «Buildings» for coins and FA. There are two types of tourist sites: ordinary and special. Ordinary tourist sites will give you additional resort points, and special ones, for example, a sea volcano, will give you game resources.

How to entertain guests at a beach resort? When guests arrive at your seaside resort, you can place them in tourist facilities. Please remember that each tourist object has its own bonuses.

Sea volcano: after you put the guest here and the timer expires, you will get 2 energies.

Paraglider: after you put the guest here, you will receive bonus points of the resort in the cafe «Ocean».

Family Farm: Island Farm Garden Guide

What is a garden? The garden can be unlocked on the island. After unlocking, you can plant and grow flowers in it. Cross your flowers to get rare kinds of flowers.

Where to get flowers? You can purchase flowers for the garden in a special section of the Market, which can be opened from the garden. You can also get to this section through Market> Secret> Coins. Items in this section change regularly. You can also update the assortment of this section several times a day. Another way to get a flower is by crossing.

Gardening Tools. Garden tools can be purchased for coins in a special section of the Market, which can be opened from the garden. You can also get to this section through Market> Secret> Coins. Items in this section change from time to time. You can manually update the assortment of the section 6 times a day.

Garden level and garden flower book. You can get more rare flowers, as well as unlock garden tools, raising the level of the garden. To learn more about the colors you have, open the color book. To do this, click on the bookshelf located in your garden. Collecting stars for a flower book, you can get great rewards.

Garden: flower levels and crossbreeding

Color levels. Garden flowers are of three types (1, 2 and 3). You can determine the types of flowers by the stars when you click on your flower in the garden, or by a flower pot.

Crossbreeding. When crossing flowers, you have a chance to get a flower of a higher level or a special — friendly flower, which you can put on a friendly allotment in the neighbor’s garden. Crossbreeding of flowers is carried out as follows: Make sure that both flowers that will participate in the crossbreeding have the same level. Then click on the yellow arrow at the bottom of the screen> select the move tool (blue X). Move one flower to the cage with another flower.

After that, the flowers will be placed under the hood. Click on the cross icon if you want to cross the flowers. If you want to cancel, click on the cross.

Next you will see the following window. Click on the «Cross Now» button. If you change your mind about crossing, click on the «Cancel» button.

After crossing, you will receive a new flower in exchange for the two previous ones.

By crossing, you can get rare flowers that are impossible to buy in the market.

Garden: friendly flower and greenhouse

Friendly flowers can only grow on a friendly allotment on a neighboring farm. The flower that you put on a friendly allotment will be looked after by your neighbor. If a neighbor uses your flower to cross, you will receive a reward for this. To place a friendly flower on a friendly allot of a neighbor, click on the greenhouse. You will see flowers that can be placed on a friendly allotment.

Click on the «Neighborhood Care» button — a window with neighbors will appear. Choose a suitable neighbor and go to his island. Click on his friendly allotment in the garden (red beds), you will see the following window:

Put the flower on the neighbor’s friendly allotment. After that, you do not need to take care of the flower — this will be done by your neighbor. If your neighbor decides to cross the flower, then the neighbor will receive a flower as a reward, and you will receive a special flower package.

Family Farm: How to play now after the upgrade?

Vetclinic

The vet clinic can be unlocked on an island (available from level 40). Vetklinika is a building on an island farm located next to a boat.

After the veterinary clinic is unlocked, injured animals will appear near it at sea. After you feed and save the animal, you can choose what to do with it later: send it further, send it to a neighbor or take it to your vetnik. You can open more places in the veterinarian to save as many animals as possible!

Send further: The animal will be released into the wild, and you will receive rewards.

Send to neighbor: If there are no empty seats in your veterinarian, you can send the animal to a neighbor.After you send a request to a neighbor, you will receive rewards. Your neighbor will receive a message that appears in the veterinarian’s mailbox:

If your neighbor decides to take the animal for himself, you will receive additional rewards.

Take yourself: Put the animal in your vet clinic and take care of it. Feed and treat the animal to increase its level of health. The maximum level of health is 8. At any time, you can let the animal go free. The higher the health level of the animal that you release, the better rewards you will receive. After the saved animal reaches level 8, its health level will no longer be increased. You can receive rewards by continuing to feed the animal.

How to let the animal go? Click on the information board near the animal to find out all the necessary information about it.

Here you can change the name of the animal and share information about the animal in the news feed and in the circle chat. Click on the «Release» button to release the animal to freedom. Please note that after this animal will not be able to return.

You will receive a certificate from the Family Farm Animal Protection Association and you will be able to choose one of the Mystron sets as a reward. Click on the certificate icon:

You will open the magazine of the saved beasts. Share your achievements with your neighbors to show how much you love your animals!

Treasure valley

Discover the new building in Watertown! Send your pet to the treasure valley and get rewards!

How to send a pet to the treasure valley? Each member of the circle can send one pet to the valley of treasures. To do this, click on the yellow arrow:

Choose one of the available pets that you want to send in search of treasure in the Valley of Treasures. When your pet runs out of vitality, he will return home. As a reward, you will receive cookies for your pet and reputation medals. You can feed your pet so that your pet searches for treasures longer and you get more rewards by clicking on this icon:

You can always return your pet to the farm by clicking on it, and then on the «Home» button. By clicking on other pets in the treasure valley, you will open the information panel where you can find out the rating, skills of the pet, who is its owner, etc.

What are the benefits of a treasure valley? You can get pet cookies and reputation medals as a reward for participating. Be aware that pet cookies have a limit of 300 units. At the top of the screen you can see the status of progress, when it reaches 100%, your circle will receive gems and, possibly, even a treasure! Your circle can start a new round 1 hour after the end of the previous one. Collect the whole set of treasures and get gachapons and a circle photo! To check the progress, click on this icon:

To check the rating of the current and last rounds, click on the icon:

Take first place in the ranking and get more rewards!

Country Club

What is a country club? Country Club — a club of regular players of the Family Farm. The more points you have in a country club, the higher your level of country club. At the moment, the maximum level is 15. The higher your level of a country club, the more advantages you have. You can get acquainted with the advantages of a country club by clicking on the game photo -> «Benefits».

How to earn country club points? There are 2 ways to earn country club points. Every day you get 1 point in the «Club» tab of the «Bonus of the day» panel. You also get points from a country club by purchasing game sets and game currency. For every $ 1 you spend, you get 100 country club points.

What are the benefits of each level of a country club? The higher your level of country club, the more advantages you have. Country Club Level 1:

  • Get club kits every day.
  • Increase the maximum amount of energy in the kitchen.
  • New sign to the farm.
  • Unlock auto-negotiation for your pets.

Country Club Level 2:

  • Unlock the Send and Receive All feature in Inbox.
  • Increase the maximum number of possible updates to the Coins section.
  • New photo.

Country Club Level 3:

  • Ability to update all orders of the day.
  • An additional chance to update orders on the order board.
  • Increase your bait limit.

Country Club Level 5: Increase the maximum number of meals that you can eat at neighbors’ diners.

Country Club Level 11:

  • An additional chance to update bistro orders.
  • Reduce time for automatic energy replenishment.
  • Increase the maximum number of neighbors you can visit with cleaning tickets.

Gifts from friends. Only available for players at country club level 10 and above. With this function you can send your game currency (OB / coins / OP) to your friends. Please keep in mind that the currency you send is debited from your game account. You can send a gift only once a day to one friend, the ability to send a gift is updated every day at 2:59 a.m. Moscow time zone.

Exclusive club. Only available for players at country club level 6 and above. In the exclusive club you can purchase unique items and items that have not been in the game for a long time. Some items are only available at certain levels of the country club. Each item can only be purchased once a week.

New expansion mode. After you expand the farm to 36×36, a new expansion mode will be available to you.Now you can unlock new 4×4 sections. The rules of the new expansion mode:

  1. You can unlock any 4×4 section adjacent to the already unlocked sections.
  2. Expansion assignments become more complex with each new open site.

Version 6.0: what’s new? New features and improvements:

  • Laboratory: The maximum laboratory level has been increased to 39. Level up the laboratory to unlock more specializations! Now you can use 4 specializations at the same time! Farmium Harvesting technology can now be upgraded to level 6! More space in the laboratory storage.
  • Bistro. Now you can choose which bistro visitor’s orders to execute first. Complete as many orders as you want!
  • Stand with paints. In the booth with Uncle Carlo’s colors, new building designs are available!
  • Seaside resort. A new car is available at the seaside resort: an umbrella machine!
  • New trophies in the trophy house.
  • The new bread machine improver on the farm market!
  • More space in the collection house.
  • Pet team. A new event will be available in the game!
  • Farm theme. Take a look at the Summer Night farm theme on the farm market -> Theme tab!

Magic cauldron. Dani’s friend Penny, who is studying magic, has arrived at the farm! She brought a magic cauldron with her. Try to guess which ingredients are hidden in the puzzle. Find out the ingredient by its outline, and instead of a question mark, you have to guess the ingredient from the list in the left panel!

When you guess all the ingredients, you will solve the riddle and get a star! You can help other players and share the clue on Facebook or in circle chat!

You can get no more than 3 stars per day. Odds are updated every day at 3:00 in the morning (Moscow time zone). You can look at all the riddles in the riddle album.

Solve all the puzzles and get the final reward!

Order wizard

Fulfill orders and become a master of orders! As a reward for completing orders, you will receive points for orders and gallery tokens. The number of points and tokens will depend on your place in the ranking. Each participant of the «Order Master» event will compete in a group of 50 randomly selected farmers. Every Friday at 3:00 a.m. in the Moscow time zone, a new round of the Game «Order Wizard» begins.

After the counter is reset, you can immediately take part in the next round, however, the points you received in the new round will not be counted until you collect the rewards of the previous round. More information about the conditions for moving to the next level is indicated below:

  • Level 1: The top 10 will go up one level.
  • Level 2: The top 10 will go up one level. Farmers who take places from 41 to 50 will move to a lower level.
  • Level 3: The top 8 will go up one level. Farmers who take places from 41 to 50 will move to a lower level.
  • Level 4: The top 6 will go up one level. Farmers who take places from 39 to 50 will go to a lower level.
  • Level 5: Farmers ranked 31 to 50 will go down one level.

There are 5 levels in the game at the moment. The higher your level, the more rewards you will receive. The maximum number of gallery tokens that can be obtained by farmers who have taken the best places:

  • Level 1: 40 tokens.
  • Level 2: 60 tokens.
  • Level 3: 80 tokens.
  • Level 4: 90 tokens.
  • Level 5: 100 tokens.

How do I know what level I am and how many points I have? You can find out how many points you have by going to the main panel and clicking on:

How to get points for orders? To take part in the «Order Wizard» event and get points for orders, complete orders from the order board (5 points), from the corner of orders (10 points), from the bistro (1 point), in the guest center (1 point), and helicopter orders (2 points) or boat orders (3 points).

What to do with gallery tokens? For gallery tokens, decors can be purchased. To do this, go to the gallery in the «Decors» section. All decors of past special assignments are available for purchase for gallery tokens.

Family Farm: Correct Account Settings

Play on multiple devices and recover a lost farm

Now you can play Family Farm on multiple devices and not worry about losing game progress! Link the farm to your Facebook account to use its data to play on multiple devices! It is very easy! Only 2 steps: linking to connect the farm to Facebook, and synchronization to download the farm on multiple devices by linking it to your Facebook account!

Step 1. Binding. Link your farm to Facebook so you never lose it again. To do this, open the game settings (blue gear) and click on «Login». If you have never connected this farm to Facebook before, you will receive 4 FA.

After clicking on «Login» you will see what benefits the binding will give you:

To find out more, just click on the question mark in the upper left corner, after which there will appear such a panel with information:

If you had several farms connected to Facebook, then after clicking on the button to connect to Facebook and authorizing the game on Facebook, you will see a list of these farms:

If you select the first farm in the list designated as «Current farm» and click on the connect button, you will see a confirmation window where you will need to confirm that you want to link the current farm to this Facebook account. If you play on different farms on different devices, all other farms will remain on the device, unless you synchronize the current farm so that it always loads on the device using the Facebook link.

After that, you will see a confirmation panel, which means that your farm has been linked to Facebook and now you can synchronize your farm data with any device that supports Family Farm.

Step 2. Synchronization. In this case, synchronization means downloading a Facebook-linked farm to any device by using a precisely linked Facebook account. Open the game settings and click «Sign In». You will see 2 farms: the current farm located on the device and the farm linked to Facebook:

If you want to continue playing the farm that was on the device, but would like to log into Facebook to see your Facebook friends and share game news there, just click on the «Save» button.

If you want to open the farm that was linked to Facebook, then select the farm from the list. A Facebook «F» icon will be next to it.

You will see a warning message. Since the current farm was not linked to Facebook, syncing the linked farm to this device will delete the current farm. If you want to keep the current farm, close the warning message and the synchronization panel and link the current farm to another Facebook account. If you do not want to play the current farm, simply enter «delete», then click «OK». After that, you can play on your farm!

Attention: If you have an iOS device and you can’t log in to your farm, then you must first exit the Game Center!

How to start the game all over again? To start the game from the very beginning, you need to delete the game from the device. To do this, press and hold the game icon until it starts to tremble and x appears in the upper left corner of the icon.

Click x to remove the game.

A message appears asking if you want to save the data in Game Center, click Delete.

Warning: all progress, coins, FAs, animals, cars, buildings, etc. will be permanently deleted.

After the game is deleted, download the game again on the App Store.

If you receive a synchronization conflict message, make sure you select the farm name with (LVL1) — in case you want to start from the very beginning.

Snap to Facebook and Google Play or Game Center. In the settings panel in the game you will see the «Login» button.

If you use an iOS device for the game, then after clicking on the «Login» button, you can choose what to attach your farm to: Facebook or Game Center. If you use an Android device, after clicking on the «Login» button, you can choose what to link your farm to: Facebook or Google Play.

Currently, one farm can only be linked to one account, so if you have several farms, you need to link them to different Facebook, Google Play or Game Center accounts depending on the operating system installed on your device (Android or iOS).

Note: You cannot link multiple farms to a single Facebook account.

Farm ID You can see your farm ID on the loading screen:

To find the farm ID in the game: click on the blue gear in the game — «Settings» — the farm ID is located at the very bottom of the «Settings» menu.

Switch language. To change the language of the game, click on the blue gear on the right of the screen.

In the displayed window, click on the last button.

Click on the flag that represents the language you would like to play in.

Information about Game Center. Game Center allows owners of Apple iOS devices to play and share games with friends, track progress against other players, and more.

You can sync the same farm between multiple iOS devices using your Game Center account. If you do not already have an account on the Game Center, go to the Game Center by clicking on the icon from the device menu and open the account.

After that, open the game and connect it to your account on the Game Center. To play the same farm on another iOS device, you will need to open the same account on Game Center on that device.

Conflict sync. If your device already has a farm and you are logged into another account on the Game Center, you will see a synchronization error message. Read the message carefully and select the farm that you want to save on your device.

Change your Game Center account. To change your account, go to the settings on your iOS device and select Game Center.

Click on Apple ID.

Select a function in the message that appears.

Please note that different achievements, points, and friends are associated with different Apple IDs.

Family Farm: Attention, quest bugs

How to ask for items for the job? To complete some tasks you will need to collect items with the help of neighbors.

If the number of items on the counter decreases, you may have sold or exchanged these items before the task was completed. Store the items you need in the barn and My Gifts until you have completed the task. After you collect enough items to complete the quest, open the quest bar. When enough items are collected, the «Use» button will appear on the taskbar. Click on the «Use» button in the task bar to complete the task. If you have several items left after use, you can sell them for coins from the My Gifts box.

Items purchased for the assignment, but not received. Before writing technical support about this problem, make sure that you did not click the «Skip» button in the task window. When you skip a task for the FA, you only skip the tasks, but do not purchase items needed for the task. Below is an example of a task with a Skip button.

No new assignments. If you no longer have tasks in the game on the left of the screen, this means that you have already completed all the available regular tasks. But there is no reason for concern! The game is constantly working on creating new tasks.

Special tasks. Special tasks differ from the usual for several reasons:

  • They are time limited;
  • Players can receive a special reward for completing a special task.

Like regular tasks, special tasks are displayed on the left of the screen. When you click on its icon, a window with tasks will appear.

Special Assignment — Assignment Assignment. There are 2 types of special tasks. One of them is the collection task. The collection task icon can be found on the right side of the screen, as shown in the image below.

To complete these tasks, you need to collect the necessary items, performing work on the farm (harvesting plants and fruits, production in cars and with the help of animals). To find out what actions you can get the necessary items for, click on the collection task icon.

A special task is a collection machine. The second type of special task is a collection machine. Usually, players should put a special collection machine on the farm. After that, players will be able to exchange or buy special items from the Collecting Machine. Exchange requires items that can be found while doing work on the farm (harvesting plants and fruits, production in cars and with the help of animals).

I do not receive items. If you do not come across items that need to be collected, make sure that you collect the plants, fruits and products that you need. Please note that items are not dropped for each collected product or plant, but for a few — it depends on luck.

Rollback of actions in the game (Rollback). The rollback of actions committed in the game to the previous state may occur due to the fact that for some reason the actions do not reach the server. All plants, products, FA, OP, coins, etc. also return to their previous state. It is difficult to identify the causes of rollbacks, but most often they occur due to an unstable Internet connection to the server. Try playing with a more stable internet connection, such as Wi-Fi. Disable all other applications that may slow down the speed of the Internet. If you constantly have kickbacks, and your Internet connection is stable, then contact support.

Author of the article: Nadezhda D.

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

A)Recycling is becoming easier and more widespread. Governments support companies that recycle waste. Also people prefer to buy things from companies that make their products from recycled materials. Reports say that people worldwide are starting to care more about what happens to waste products. For example, now Americans recycle almost 35% of their waste, while in the 1990s the percentage was much smaller.

B)In autumn 2004 a new body was created in Russia to protect the country’s natural resources. It’s called the Federal Ecological Service. The aims of the new institution are the following: to prevent environmental pollution and to control industrial waste. They say that the new governmental service has improved the state system of environmental protection in Russia.

C)Climate change is on us. Ten years ago we only spoke about it, now it’s happening before our eyes. Global warming is bringing unpredictable changes. The Arctic sea ice is disappearing; glaciers are melting faster every year. Due to heavy rains some rivers overflow, while others dry out. Disasters such as tornadoes and floods are spreading. Strong hurricanes are becoming more common and more destructive.

D)People burn plenty of coal, oil and natural gas. As a result of this billions of tons of carbon dioxide (CO2) are released into the atmosphere every year. CO2 is a greenhouse gas that traps the sun’s radiation within the atmosphere so the concentration of CO2 increases. As a result of this, temperatures in different parts of the planet rise.

E)Some cars are designed to work using electric power, without gasoline. It means that they don’t pollute the atmosphere, cost less and reduce the need for oil. Such cars are reliable and have interesting designs. However, they have a few bad points. Many have a maximum speed limit of about 50 miles per hour. Most cities are not ready for the appearance of such cars on their roads.

F)Environmental organisations have been discussing ways of saving the rain forests for many years. However, we are still facing huge losses in the Amazon. People think that rainforests have already had enough attention. They have been discussed in the press for years. Unfortunately, the rainforest is still in danger and can be destroyed completely.

G)Environmental problems are serious and we have to deal with them immediately. There may not be easy solutions but we simply can’t continue living as if everything was fine. These problems aren’t going to disappear by themselves. If we want to keep this planet a healthy place for our grandchildren, it’s time to do everything we can to stop the catastrophe.

1)A change in people’s attitude

2)A problem still unsolved

3)A new state organisation

4)A governmental plan of action

5)No time to waste

6)An eco-friendly means of transport

7)A set of dangerous signs

8) A reason for global warming

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

A)Nothing brings back memories like a particular smell. Whether it’s of Christmas pine, your grandma’s fresh-baked gingerbread, or cookies, the scents of Christmas are truly special. In the days leading up to this day, the house fills with the wonderful rich, spicy smells of vanilla, cinnamon and ginger coming from the kitchen, promising delights to come.

B)Some of the most pleasant scents after a hard day are vanilla, lavender, and scents with cinnamon or ginger. Each combination of aromas can influence you positively. For example, vanilla’s sweet scent can help you if you feel sad, lonely, or depressed. It is a naturally warming aroma. Cinnamon is good in case you feel tired; it also has a wonderful effect on your nerves, calming you down.

C)The ability to smell is linked to our ability to remember things. When you first smell a new thing, you connect it to an event, a person, or even a moment. As a result, later the smell of cookies might remind you of spending time at your grandmother’s house when you were a small child. When you come across the smell a second or third time, the link is already there, ready to bring out a certain mood.

D)There are certain smells we can identify from a mile away – almost as if they’re preprogrammed into our minds. One of them is vanilla. Today, vanilla is in our coffee, perfumes, tea, home products, body lotion, and everywhere! Both the scent and taste of vanilla are very strong and long-lasting. It is considered one of the most popular scents and flavours in the world.

E)A new study suggests that we can smell not only aromas but feelings as well – fear, happiness, disgust and joy. The experiments proved that we can find out how a person feels even if we neither see nor hear him. Nerves inside our nose take informative messages about the person and his emotional state to the brain. However, the mechanism of how this happens is not yet clear.

F)Our sense of smell does 80% of the job when we taste various foods. Without a sense of smell you can’t taste the difference between an apple and a potato or a glass of juice and a cup of cold coffee. This is why, when our nose is blocked by a cold, most foods seem tasteless. Our sense of smell becomes stronger when we are hungry.

G)There are many good reasons to believe that we all have our own particular smell. Research has proved that our smell might distinguish us from others just as our face does. Our smell is as personal as our fingerprints. For centuries the police have used this phenomenon to catch criminals. Maybe one day they will use our scent too.

1)A widely used aroma

2)Makes meals different

3)A relaxing effect

4)Scents and colours

5)Another unique characteristic

6)Holiday scents

7)Creating memories

8) Smelling emotions

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

A)Thanks to television and films, Scotland is often seen by the rest of the world as a magical country, a land of misty mountains and the home of a lake creature called Nessie. This is the image most people have in mind. The truth, however, is completely different from the way the world thinks of Scotland. You may be surprised to find out that most Scots live in the lowlands and don’t believe in Nessie.

B)Scotland is much more than green hills and picturesque valleys. It’s dynamic and cosmopolitan, with a colourful history of invention and innovation. It’s the home of big businesses and a centre of new medical and scientific development. Each year, it hosts the world’s biggest contemporary arts festivals. Scotland is an exciting place to live in, particularly for a young person.

C)Scottish heather, a small bush with flowers, is the floral symbol of the country. The colour of the flowers usually varies from purple to lilac, but they can also be white. In the past, the Scots believed that they would never be captured by enemies and would win victories if they wore white heather. Today, when getting married, girls add white heather to bouquets to bring fortune to their family.

D)Heather has grown in Scotland as far back as its history goes. This has turned it into a kind of household good. Heather honey is rich in minerals, and was traditionally used in medicinal drinks. Thousands of years ago, dried heather was used to make perfumes, and the tough stems were used to make ropes. On many of the northern Scottish islands, heather played a major role in the construction of houses.

E)Scotland is an excellent destination for open-air activities all year round. Its lakes and coastline are ideal for boating and rowing and have some of the best sea-kayaking in the world. The rivers are perfect for fishing and the mountains are wonderful for hill climbing and skiing.Scotland is also good for walkers. You can enjoy easy family walks or more difficult mountain hikes.

F)The Highland Games in Scotland date back to long before Scotland’s written history. The various athletics allowed men to demonstrate their physical power and the skills needed for battle and survival. The Games today still include the athletic competitions in their original form together with dancing contests. All the competitors wear kilts. Traditional bagpipe music accompanies all the events.

G)Scotland is a country that is part of the United Kingdom, occupying the northern third of theisland of Great Britain. Edinburgh, the country’s capital and second largest city, is one ofEurope’s financial centres. The population of the country is a little over 5 million people. The currency is the pound sterling although the Bank of Scotland issues its own notes and coins.

1)A talisman for luck

2)The wildlife of the country

3)The modern side of the country

4)Useful in many ways

5)A country profile

6)A false stereotype

7)Opportunities for different sports

8) The national sporting event

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)A woolsack race is one of the British local festivals that could be called strange. It started in Tetbury, a wool town, in the 17th century when young men wanted to demonstrate their physical strength. Since then, every spring men and women compete in teams to carry heavy woolsacks up and down the hill. The race events are complemented by a funfair and musical entertainments.

B)Midsummer was the time for the Cheese Rolling Ceremony in many places. Competitors gathered at the top of a hill. The Master of the Ceremonies let a heavy head of cheese roll down the hill. Brave runners raced down to be the first to catch it. However, the event was cancelled in 2010 due to safety reasons.

C)Another cheese ceremony is popular in the village of Randwick. On the first Sunday in May people roll three cheeses from right to left around the church. After rolling, the villagers cut up and share one of the cheeses. They believe that eating cheese brings health to their families.

D)The village of Marshfield, England, is famous for its Paperboys procession. People dressed in paper costumes go through the streets. They start from the market place and perform the town’s unique character play along the road. By noon they have done more than six performances for several hundred people.

E)Every January Up Helly Aa is celebrated in Scotland. People dressed in Viking costumes and helmets go through the streets of Lerwick. They hold flaming torches, sticks with the special material on the top which burns in order to give light. The strongest participants carry a full size model of a Viking ship to an open field. There the people throw lit torches into the ship and burn it.

F)Melbourne Cup Day is held in Australia, in November. Although Cup Day is a public holiday only in the city of Melbourne, the rest of the country refuses to be left out of the event. People gather around televisions and computers, whether at work, at home, or wherever they are, just to watch this world famous horse race. This event is often called ‘the race that stops the nation’.

G)In a village in Eastern England, an unusual race takes place every year. Three groups take part in the race – adults, children (under 11s) and teenagers. Each participant receives a frying pan with a pancake and has to race from one end of a field to the other, throwing the pancake into the air and catching it in the frying pan without dropping it. The winner is the first to cross the line.

2)Eating together

3)Important for the whole country

4)Lifting weights

5)Cooking competition

6)Cheese Rolling

7)In memory of the past events

8) A cookery sprint

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)As in many other European countries, Britain’s main newspapers are losing their readers. Fewer and fewer people are buying broadsheets and tabloids at the newsagent’s. In the last quarter of the twentieth century people became richer and now they can choose other forms of leisure activity. Also, there is the Internet which is a convenient and inexpensive alternative source of news.

B)The ‘Sunday papers’ are so called because that is the only day on which they are published. Sunday papers are usually thicker than the dailies and many of them have six or more sections. Some of them are ‘sisters’ of the daily newspapers. It means they are published by the same company but not on week days.

C)Another proof of the importance of ‘the papers’ is the morning ‘paper round’. Most newsagents organise these. It has become common that more than half of the country’s readers get their morning paper brought to their door by a teenager. The boy or girl usually gets up at around 5:30 a.m. every day including Sunday to earn a bit of pocket money.

D)The quality papers or broadsheets are for the better educated readers. They devote much space to politics and other ‘serious’ news. The popular papers, or tabloids, sell to a much larger readership. They contain less text and a lot more pictures. They use bigger headlines and write in a simpler style of English. They concentrate on ‘human interest stories’ which often means scandal.

E)Not so long ago in Britain if you saw someone reading a newspaper you could tell what kind it was without even checking the name. It was because the quality papers were printed on very large pages called ‘broadsheet’. You had to have expert turning skills to be able to read more than one page. The tabloids were printed on much smaller pages which were much easier to turn.

F)The desire to attract more readers has meant that in the twentieth century sometimes even the broadsheets in Britain look rather ‘popular’. They give a lot of coverage to scandal and details of people’s private lives.  The reason is simple. What matters most for all newspaper publishers is making a profit. They would do anything to sell more copies.

G)If you go into any newsagent’s shop in Britain you will not find only newspapers. You will also see rows and rows of magazines for almost every imaginable taste. There are specialist magazines for many popular pastimes. There are around 3,000 of them published in the country and they are widely read, especially by women. Magazines usually list all the TV and radio programmes for the coming week and many British readers prefer them to newspapers.

1)Traditional delivery

2)Loss of popularity

3)Money above privacy

4)The best-known newspapers

5)Focus on different readers

6)The successful competitor

7)Size makes a difference

8) Weekend reading

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The world’s deepest lake, the Baikal, is in Siberia. It is also the largest freshwater lake in Eurasia and the oldest lake on the Earth. At least 1,500 unique species live there — they cannot be found anywhere else on the planet!  The water in the lake is so clear that if you drop a coin, it can be clearly seen a hundred feet below the water.

B)People who live in the Baikal region believe that it’s a unique and mysterious place. According to them, the water from Lake Baikal can cure different illnesses, gives you strength and clears your mind. They also say that the lake was formed millions of years ago when a huge, hot rock fell to earth. It melted the ice around and that was how Lake Baikal appeared. The story about the meteorite has, however, never been proved by scientists.

C)The lake has also become famous for its unique fish and birds that are not found in other waters. The lake is home to more than 1000 animal species. Among them there are the world’s only freshwater seals. There’s no evidence of how the seals got to the lake but they obviously enjoy their life there. Huge brown bears often come to the lake out of the forest to hunt and fish.

D)Though Lake Baikal is located in a very remote place, and is difficult to reach in autumn and winter, it attracts thousands of visitors every year. A chance to see this unique place is worth the long journey! On the banks of Lake Baikal you can stay in a modern, comfortable hotel, take part in hiking tours and enjoy the untouched natural beauty. People who have visited Lake Baikal once want to return to the place again and again.

E)However, the growing popularity of the lake and the industrial development of the region have caused ecological problems. The safety of this unique natural ecosystem has been discussed at an international level. Now Lake Baikal is on the list of heritage sites protected by UNESCO. A federal state law about the conservation of the lake was also supported in Russia.

F)The lake attracts not only tourists but also many wildlife researchers, biologists and even archaeologists.  The world famous explorer and scientist, Jacques Cousteau, and his team spent lots of time studying the deep waters of Lake Baikal. They also shot a film about their research that was broadcast by major TV channels all over the world.

G)Everyone considers the Siberian climate very severe, which is perfectly true for the Baikal region. The winters there are really freezing — the average temperature is as low as -25 degrees Celsius. Due to its location in the middle of the continent, the place is characterised by a sharp contrast between winter and summer temperatures. The summers are generally cool, with a few hot days. The sun shines brightly above the lake till late autumn.

1)Local legends

2)Special in many ways

3)Tourist аttraction

4)Diverse wildlife

5)Protection of the ecosystem

6)Extinct species

7)Scientific expeditions

8) Harsh climate

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Lions have caught people’s imagination for centuries. They are stars in documentary movies and books; their images can be found on emblems, coats of arms and shields.  Lions live in the jungle, open woodlands or thick grasslands where they hunt. In their environment, lions are at the top of the food chain — adult lions have no natural enemies. If we call a person ‘a lion’ it means he is strong, aggressive and important.

B)Lions do not look the same as other members of the large group of cats: tigers, leopards, and jaguars. Adult male lions are much larger and have thick brown hair around their neck, which is called a mane. No other cats have manes. The mane makes the lion look more impressive and protects the animal in fights with other lions for territory.

C)Lions live in large social groups called ‘prides’. A pride can have up to thirty female lions and their children. Inside the pride there are mothers, sisters, and cousins. The pride has a close relationship and never accepts a stranger. They mark their territory by scent.  There are very strict rules in the pride and everyone has to observe them.

D)Lions and lionesses have different roles in the pride. Females do most of the hunting. Together, lionesses guard and look after their cubs. The little ones feel safer and more confident with so many ‘nannies’ around. It also reduces the chance that they are left hungry. The females usually exchange their hunting and home duties during the day.

E)Male lions spend most of their day sleeping or relaxing. While it may look like the lionesses do all the work in the pride, lions play an important role too. Though they bring less food and hunt less, they mark their territory and protect it from strangers. A lion from outside the pride is very dangerous for cubs. If he gets into the pride, he may kill all the little ones there.

F)When new lions are born, they are not shown to the rest of the pride for a month, until the cubs become strong enough. Later they start playing together and have a lot of playmates. If needed, any lioness becomes their nurse and teacher. Small lions have to learn hunting and survival skills. When they are two years old, male lions leave the pride to live on their own. The females may stay with their mothers for the rest of their lives.

G)In the wild, lions eat mainly meat. That’s why they greatly depend on hunting. Their favourite dishes are zebras, deer, and even young elephants and rhinos. When hungry, they chase mice, birds and reptiles. Very rarely they may eat fruit and vegetables, but it is never their first choice. In zoos and national parks, where the lions cannot hunt, they are offered special meals made of beef and chicken.

1)King of the wild

2)Different from the others

3)Early years

4)Hunting habits

5)A big family

6)Team work

7)The lion’s responsibilities

8) Their essential diet

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The London Underground is the quickest and easiest way of getting around the city.  Today it is as important a landmark of the capital as Big Ben or the London Eye. The underground is often called the Tube because of its shape: tube shaped tunnels, stations and trains. The Tube became an official name for the first time in the early 1900s, after the Central London Railway (now the Central Line) was named the Twopenny Tube.

B)In 1956 the red London double-decker bus appeared on the London streets for the first time. At that time, the London buildings had gone black because of smoke from the coal used for heating. What’s more, due to the local climate and lack of wind, there was always fog in the city. Under such gloomy circumstances, the bright-red London double-decker bus became a sensation! In the past 50 years, the red double-decker has become an icon of London.

C)Oyster is an electronic smart card ticket. Regardless of whether you live in London, or you are a tourist, a day trip visitor, or a regular visitor to the capital, the Oyster Card is definitely the easiest way to travel around the London Transport system. Simply touch the card on the yellow reader to get through the Tube gates or board other London public transport. The card doesn’t even need to be removed from your purse or wallet to work.

D)The London Transport Museum is worth visiting. Entrance is not free but the price of £15 for a year pass is more than reasonable.  The exhibitions displayed in the museum present London transport in its historical context. There are more than 80 vehicles, including a red London bus and the world’s first Underground train. The galleries are full of interactive exhibits for young people to play on – including real buses and trains!

E)In London there are around 23 000 taxis. The taxi drivers know every corner of London because all of them have to take an exam, called the Knowledge. This exam supposes that the candidate driver can recognize most of the 20 000 London streets and knows how to choose the shortest route between two points. Each taxi driver should also know all the parks, cinemas, theaters and museums in the city.

F)Over the last few years, cycling around London has been getting more and more popular. The reasons are obvious — there is no ‘carbon waste’ and it prevents obesity and heart disease. For tourists, it is often also the quickest and the easiest way to see London, with the bonus of getting some exercise. The casual user hires a bike at one of the numerous bike stations, rides it where he or she wants and then returns it to any of the docking stations.

G)If you’ve ever been to Britain, one of the first things you will have noticed is that the British drive on the wrong side of the road. They drive on the left! The reason for this goes back to the days when people travelled on horses. Most people are right-handed and the left is the natural side to ride on if you are on horseback — you need your right hand to hold a sword in case of any trouble.

1)Capital experts

2)A place to see history

3)Popular tourist routes

4)Named after its form

5)An easy way to pay for the trip

6)A healthy form of transport

7)A contrast to the dark city

8) Why driving on the other side

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)New Zealand is an island country. Cruises to New Zealand are a perfect way to explore over 15,000 km of coastline and to enjoy the spectacular landscapes this diverse country has to offer. Cruising to New Zealand is a well-established tradition. Until the 1960s, it was the only way to arrive in the country.

B)The climate is pleasant in all seasons, though it’s rather windy.  Wellington, the country’s capital, is known as the Windy City. The strongest winds blow from the south. The wind speed and direction can be seen from the flag flown from the Parliament. A large flag is flown only on calm days and a small flag is flown when windy days are expected.

C)More than a century before Columbus crossed the Atlantic to discover America, the Maoris sailed over thousands of kilometers of ocean to settle in New Zealand. They made their great journey in double canoes. Today, Maoris make up 14% of the country’s population and their history, language and traditions are central to New Zealand’s identity.

D)Before humans settled in New Zealand, it had an incredible variety of birds. As they had no natural enemies to fly away from, wings became unnecessary for some birds. When Maori and, later, Europeans came to New Zealand, they started to hunt birds. They also brought predators, including rats. The new enemies and loss of territory led to the reduction in the birds’ populations and to the complete extinction of some species.

E)Ever since the first ‘Lord of the Rings’ film was released in 2001, New Zealand has been known as the Home of Middle-earth. New Zealand’s dramatic scenery plays the mythical world of Middle-earth on the big screen in both ‘The Lord of the Rings’ and ‘The Hobbit’ trilogies. More than 250 places throughout the country were used as locations for the films, which made New Zealand the greatest destination for Tolkien enthusiasts.

F)Auckland is the largest city, and is sometimes called the ‘crime capital’ of the country. Violent crime is not common in New Zealand but minor crimes are committed there quite often. A major problem is theft, primarily from cars -travellers should avoid leaving valuables in vehicles, no matter where they are parked. Actually, according to criminal statistics, tourist parking areas and car parks are the worst places.

G)Auckland’s diverse landscapes provide countless opportunities to be impressed: rainforests and black sand beaches, picturesque country gardens and calm bays. However, this region is spotted with 48 volcanic cones. Rangitoto Island, just a 25-minute ferry ride from Auckland, is the region’s most iconic volcano and a favourite day trip destination for visitors. But who knows when the trip might be interrupted?

1)Beware of thieves

 2)The best way to get there and get around

3)A beautiful but dangerous land

4)Weather watching

5)National sports

 6)The first inhabitants

 7)Attractions for fantasy book fans

  8) Once safe, now endangered

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Bamboo is one of the fastest-growing plants on the Earth. Some people think bamboo is a tree, but it is not – bamboo is grass though some species can grow over 30 meters! People use bamboo for different purposes: to build and decorate houses, to produce textiles and paper, to make food and drinks. Recently, a new practical application for bamboo has been suggested: in the bicycle industry.

B)More and more Londoners prefer to use bicycles to get to their offices in the city centre. The latest model of this popular form of transport was presented at the motor show in Birmingham. It was made from bamboo. The designers, from Oxford Brooks University, say they have invented a bamboo bike not only for ecological reasons. According to them, bamboo is as safe as metal.

C)The new bikes will be produced in Yorkshire. At the beginning the price of a bike might be rather high — about 1700 pounds. Nevertheless, the designers expect that the model will be successful on the market. Its growing popularity will finally bring down the price. By the year 2014, the company is planning to produce five hundred thousand bamboo bikes for the British.

D)One of the inventors of the new technology, James Bruton, teaches at the University. During one of his seminars, students were testing different materials and chose bamboo. They discovered that its characteristics were ideal for long journeys because it stopped vibration. The whole journey becomes more pleasant than on a metal bike and the cyclist will be less tired.

E)Not everyone, however, believed in the safety of bamboo. Skeptics doubted if it could stand long distances. They argued that a metal frame helped the wheels turn faster. As a result, engineers decided to test the bamboo in a real situation. They rode twenty kilometers in the hills. The experiment was successful in spite of the difficult conditions.

F)During the project, designers had to solve another problem: what sort of bamboo to use, as not all of them were suitable for making a bike. Finally, from more than a thousand varieties, the scientists chose only one. Another important detail is that the bamboo should be cut at a definite stage of growth.

G)The director of the Raw Bikes Company, Rachel Hammond, says she would support the idea of a bamboo farm. She has been interested in bamboo bikes for a long time. Once she rode the bike, she felt comfortable and happy. Now Rachel has an idea to make bamboo bikes for import. Although production takes several days, she is sure the model is attractive and will have a long life.

1)Useful in many ways

2)An unusual material

3)A real enthusiast

4)Ambitious sales plans

5)А road test

6)A cycling competition

7)Excellent qualities

8) The right kind of bamboo

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Coca Cola appeared in Atlanta, Georgia, 1886. Doctor John Pemberton made a special syrup, but he kept its components secret. He added some mineral water to it and took the new product to the chemist’s. There the syrup was sold for five cents a glass. Pemberton told everyone that Coca-Cola cured many illnesses, including headaches, stomachaches, and nervous breakdowns.

B)Coca Cola was first sold in ordinary bottles. In 1915, the company held a competition to create a new bottle for their drink. They said it should be a bottle that would make Coca Cola different from all other drinks. Even today the shape of Coca Cola bottle is one of the most recognized packages on the planet…»even in the dark!».

C)The famous Coca Cola symbol was created by John Pemberton’s colleague, Mr. Robinson. He thought that two letters «C» would look great in advertising. Besides, the red and white colours were simple and effective. Red was energetic and bright and so would attract young people. As for the style of writing, it was just popular in the United States during that period.

D)Before the 1930s, Coca Cola was only considered to be a drink for warm weather so the company started a campaign to remind people that Coca Cola was a great choice in any month. For this a talented artist drew pictures of a happy Santa Claus enjoying a drink of Coke. The pictures were published in magazines and made Cola even more popular.

E)Coca Cola was one of the first companies that invested money in public projects. For example, the company is proud to be an old and devoted partner of the Olympic Games. This connection began in 1928 with the Games in Amsterdam. Since then the company has sponsored lots of football, hockey, and basketball competitions.

F)The Coca Cola Collectors Club was formed in 1974 by a small group of people. Today it has become international with more than 5,000 people from 28 countries. Club members collect everything connected with Coca Cola: bottles, posters, newspaper articles, postcards – everything. They sometimes meet to exchange their treasures.

G)Today there are 16 special variants of the original Coca Cola recipe. Some have less sugar or no sugar at all. Such Coke is chosen by those who want to keep fit. Children may prefer a cherry or a vanilla flavour. The drink also changes from country to country, reflecting national preferences. For example, if you travel to France, you can try the unusual orange Coca Cola.

1)Supporting sports

2)A remarkable container design

3)A universal medicine

4)A smart symbol

5)The drink ingredients

6)Good in any season

7)A fan society

8) The drink varieties

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Sport can be a great way to develop life skills. It helps you to learn about teamwork, self-control, and competition. You set your goals and do your best to reach them. In a good sporting environment, children have the opportunity to make new friends and develop new interests. Sport also keeps you fit and greatly improves your health. If you do sports, you have no weight problems.

B)German planes have finally managed to save a climber from one of the world’s highest mountain peaks. Tom Gummar, a Slovenian, was trying to climb the mountain when he ran into difficulties. He had spent nearly a week six-thousand metres above the ground. All the previous attempts to save him had been unsuccessful because of snow storms. Only yesterday the planes managed to reach him and now his health is improving.

C)The Ancient Olympic Games were held in Greece. The beginning of these games is surrounded with mystery and legend. One of the most popular myths says that Heracles was the first who called the Games «Olympic». He started the tradition of holding them every four years. The legend continues that he built the Olympic stadium in honour of his father.

D)Former Wimbledon winner Maria Sharapova is back at the US Open semi-finals. «It’s been a long road back to the tournament,» said Sharapova, who spent 10 months off court with a shoulder injury that needed serious treatment. “Now I’m in good shape again and hope to repeat the 2006 title win,” she added.

E)Chelsea was founded in 1905 and it soon entered the Football League. In the early years they saw little success. From the very beginning Chelsea had a reputation for inviting famous footballers to play for them but the team changed dramatically only after a new coach, Ted Drake, joined it. He led them to their first main victory: they won the national championship.

F)Yesterday Andy Wistler played one of his best matches at the Australian Open. Due to his wonderful performance he easily won three sets and the match was finished very quickly. It was impossible for his opponent Yang Chung to play at the same level and the match was finished in a very short time. Still, it should be mentioned that Yang Chung was an experienced Chinese tennis player.

G)Janet Evans retired from swimming in 1996. She was sure her best days were behind her. She had won three gold medals at the Seoul Olympics and had set world records that had stood for years. Everyone was surprised when Janet announced her return. She said she is hoping to become part of the US Olympic team. A big decision after a 16 year break!

1)Winning a quick victory

2)Saving a sportsman

3)Fit and healthy again

4)The first sporting events

5)The club history

6)Sport and its advantages

7)The swimmer comes back

8) Champions award ceremony

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Christ’s Hospital school was founded in the 16th century. Its uniform at that time consisted of a long blue coat, a leather belt and yellow socks. Today students still wear the same uniform because they think it’s a symbol that unites them. There was some talk about making the uniform more modern, but it was decided to keep the original uniform.

B)Nola Ochs from the USA is the world’s oldest university graduate. She says she has always loved learning and has never lost her taste for knowledge. She started university when she was over 90. Her example proves that age is not important if you want to be a student. You can acquire new skills at any age.

C)The Dublin College of English offers one, two or three week Football and English Programmes. They are for young people who are interested in both learning English with native speakers and practising football. The students enjoy the friendly, inspiring atmosphere in the classrooms, after which they improve their skills on the school football pitch.

D)Harrow is a prestigious boys’ school in northern London with a strict uniform policy. You can easily recognise a Harrow student by his hat, which is part of the uniform. All boys have to wear their hats every day when going to or from lessons. Some students are allowed to wear a different scarf, tie or jumper but the hat should always be there. Wearing it remains a must.

E)One of the recent trends is the growing number of elderly students in universities and colleges. It is believed that the elderly and the young can benefit from studying in a mixed class. The older ones are quicker at detailed and logical tasks. On the other hand, younger students can often help their older classmates with new gadgets and technologies.

F)When it comes to studying English abroad, try to get as much information about the school as possible. Asking the right questions will help you save money, time, and avoid culture shock. Remember that the school should provide you both with good teaching and with an unforgettable experience so besides everyday classes, social activities should be part of the programme.

G)In most British schools children start studying a foreign language at 11, but many are happy to give up languages completely at 14. Research suggests that students think that it is more difficult to get good marks in Modern Foreign Languages than in other subjects such as Science or History. They also say that foreign languages are less fun than other lessons like PE or Art.

1)Learn and play

2)A less popular subject

3)Never too late to learn

4)The essential piece of uniform

5)Keeping the tradition

6)The advantages of learning together

7)Choosing the place to learn

8) School exchange programmes

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)When you think of the Irish, you often picture a red-haired person dressed all in green. However, it’s just a popular myth which has grown into a tradition, particularly in the United States. It’s customary in Ireland to wear green clothes only on St. Patrick’s Day. Lots of people are tricked by this cliché. However, originally, the colour associated with Saint Patrick was not green, but blue.

B)In Ireland, the colour green was long considered to bring bad fortune. The reason is that in Irish folklore green is the favourite color of the Good People (the proper name for fairies). Myths run that they are likely to steal people, especially children, who wear too much of the colour. In the past, a girl would never wear anything green on her wedding day.

C)Christmas is a very important celebration in Ireland. After dinner on Christmas Eve, it is common for families to leave milk and bread on the table as a sign of friendliness and kindness. Another custom is to leave the door unlocked. A lit candle is left in a window during the night. It represents help for any traveller who is passing by.

D)Potatoes form the basis for many traditional Irish dishes. They are eaten boiled, mashed, fried and baked. Potatoes are mixed with cabbage or green onions to make traditional Irish dishes. They are also made into potato cakes and used in soups or stews. It’s common to find potatoes cooked in two different ways on the same dinner plate.

E)The shamrock is still a popular sign of good fortune in Ireland. It is believed that anyone who possesses one will be blessed with fortune in everything, even in gambling, and will be saved from the evil of witches. There are certain conditions to be met so that its power remains effective: the owner of the shamrock must keep it away from the public eye and never give it to anyone else.

F)The name Gulliver is known to everyone due to the book or the film about the fantastic trip of the English doctor. However, not all of us remember the name of the author  Jonathan Swift, an Irish writer, who was born in Dublin, Ireland, in 1667. In his book Gulliver’s Travels a man went to an island where strange tiny people lived. His life there was full of adventures and dangers, he met there friends and enemies.

G)Ireland is known as the native land of limericks – short humorous poems that have five lines. They make people laugh and are easy to remember! Lots of poets and writers were fond of limericks. The word ‘limerick’ probably comes from the Irish town of Limerick. The short poem has made the town known all over the world.

1)A false stereotype

2)An unlucky symbol

3)A colourful present

4)A world famous journey

5)One and the same name

6)The national food

7)A talisman for luck

8) Old holiday traditions

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The history of Scotland is rich and varied but most people would also describe it as violent and bloody. Scotland’s history appears to be just an endless list of battles between the Scottish clans and their close neighbours, the English. But if you look carefully at the history of Scotland, you will be surprised by the great influence that this small nation has had upon the development of Western civilization.

B)Of all the scary places in Scotland, the castles provide us with the most terrifying stories. You need courage to visit them. The castles are known for numerous murders and cases of violent death. Edinburgh castle is at the top of the list. According to legend, there is the ghost of a headless drummer and the ghost of a piper, whose music can be heard even above the noise of Edinburgh’s traffic.

C)To decide on what to wear for a walk can be a challenge in Scotland! This tiny country is surrounded by so much water that Scottish weather can change at any moment. In fact, sometimes you feel as though you’ve experienced three (or even all four) seasons in just one day! This may explain why Scots are fascinated by the weather, and follow daily weather reports very closely.

D)Scotland has 30,000 miles of roads. Travelling around Scotland by car can be challenging for foreign visitors. When travelling by car, tourists should be very careful. When they see something they wish to look at, they mustn’t slow down as they could be hit by the car behind. Tourists should also remember that Scottish motorways have a speed limit of 70 miles per hour.

E)There are many breeds of Scottish dogs. One of the most famous is the Collie or Scotch colliethat comes from the Scottish highlands. It has been bred for many years to help shepherds. Some people say the name Collie comes from the Gaelic word for useful.  The Collie is a dog that can do many jobs. The Collie can guard property as well as search for a missing chicken or drive sheep. The dogs can be taught how to open doors and gates.

F)Scotland is a country where tourism offers visitors an opportunity to enjoy nature at its best. As you explore the Scottish countryside, be sure to look out for Daubenton’s bats. These tiny creatures with funny short ears weigh from 7 to 11 grams but they are vital for the ecosystem as they keep insect populations in check, eating lots of small insects every day.

G)For active and curious people there is a lot to do in the Scottish Highlands! You can explore castles and visit museums. The famous Loch Ness is situated here and you’ll find ancient castles, which can be visited. If you like something more adventurous, you might try horse riding, mountain biking, kayaking and sailing. There is no end of things to do in the Highlands so you can be sure you’ll enjoy yourself there.

1)А small but important country

2)Sights for the brave

3)Mind your driving

4)You’ll never get bored

5)Difficult to predict

6)Traditional industries

7)Keeping the balance in nature

8) Helpful assistants

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Geographically, the Wild West refers to the states west of the Mississippi River. The American West is both a place and an idea. In people’s minds, it was a place that promised excitement because it was new and unknown. From the middle of the 18th century to the beginning of the 20th century, lots of people pushed their way westward trying to find land, better lives, gold and silver, and, sometimes, to escape the law.

B)Due to books and films, the first thing that comes to mind about the American West is cowboys, rodeos and riding broncos. Bronco is the nickname for a wild horse. When a bronco jumps, it kicks its back legs trying to throw the rider off. Nowadays, there are popular rodeo competitions where cowboys try to remain on aggressive broncos as long as possible. To entertain the public they also lasso cows and bulls.

C)Yellowstone Park, the first American national park, is situated in the western states. The park has a great variety of natural features – waterfalls, plateaus, canyons, hot springs and geysers. It is also famous for its diverse wildlife and harsh beauty. Camping and backpacking are encouraged at Yellowstone, but visitors must be careful. A few careless or unlucky people have already been killed by angry bears.

D)In the 1970s and 1980s, people from all over the United States moved to Colorado to work in the mining industry. New citizens of the state capital, Denver, were attracted to the city by its location in the Rocky Mountains and its clean air. However, due to the rapid development of Denver, they got into serious trouble –growing air pollution. Car engines did not burn fuel efficiently at a high altitude and thick smog hung over the city.

E)In 1935, the federal government selected St. Louis, Missouri, as the site for a new national monument – The Gateway Arch.  The memorial, also known as the Gateway to the West, was to honor the pioneers exploring the American West.  Eero Saarinen, an architect, won the nationwide competition with his project for a giant steel arch. Since the Gateway Arch was opened in 1965, millions of people visit it every year.

F)The Mississippi River is often mentioned in Mark Twain’s books. In his novel, Life on the Mississippi, the famous writer describes the history of the river and his own experiences related to it.  There is also a collection of tales that either take place on the river or are associated with it. Another of Mark Twain’s famous works, the Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, tells us about a journey down the river.

G)Hawaii is the USA’s 50th state. It’s a popular holiday destination for the citizens, as well as for foreign tourists. Along with Florida, it’s one of a few states where it’s usually sunny and hot all the year round. Hawaii is made up of 132 tropical islands, though people live only on seven of them. Tourism is Hawaii’s biggest industry. People are attracted to the islands because of their beautiful scenery and beaches. Surfers come to experience the high waves.

1)Eco-friendly business

2)A good place for holidays

3)A silent hero of American literature

4)In search of luck and happiness

5)To those who went west

6)An unexpected environmental problem  

7)Great sights and dangerous creatures

8) Dangerous sport

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The popularity of social networking sites such as Vkontakte, Facebook, MySpace, and Classmates has risen more than four times from 2005 to 2009. Many users say these sites are good for our society, but others are sure that there are more dangers in them than benefits. Your attitude to such websites depends on your age, job, interests and way of life.

B)Social networks promote communication with friends and family, they give people necessary and useful computer skills and teach them to express their ideas in a clear way. Another thing is that the sites let people create new relationships and reconnect with old friends. In every way, more communication, even online, makes connections stronger.

C)Social networking sites make people spend more time online and less time communicating face-to-face. The sites have many time-wasting activities. You stay online longer than you planned and do nothing serious or important. Experts say that teenagers spend about nine hours every week on social networking sites.

D)A big risk about social networks is that teenagers are careless. They don’t worry that their personal information and photos could be open to lots of people. Also the sites don’t guarantee that their registered members are who they say they are. If a person says he is James Burns, a college student, we have to believe him. We cannot check his real name or occupation.

E)Psychologists say that social networking sites can have serious disadvantages. It is hard for children to have real conversations and make friends. They become selfish personalities and lose interest in real life. Parents spend less time with their children and all members of the family spend less time with each other because they are using the Internet instead of communicating in person.

F)Internet users spend most of their time on social networks and blogs. Users in the USA spend about five and a half hours every month on their favourite site. And the number is growing. Russians spend 6.6 hours monthly on social networking sites. It is more than people in any other country. For example, in Europe it is 3.7 hours a month.

G)New research shows that social networking sites can be used in schools. Teachers should find ways to use them in class. It would help students to learn how to get information from Internet resources and share it with classmates. Students would also be able to express themselves creatively and present themselves better.

1)Worrying time statistics

2)Hidden dangers

3)New communication opportunities

4)Communication problems in real life

5)Different opinions

6)The best social networking site

7)Time eaters

8) Prospects in education

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Coffee was first found in Eastern Africa in the area we know today as Ethiopia. A popular legend says that one day a man called Kaldi was watching his goats eating grass and leaves. He noticed that after eating berries from a certain bush the goats became very active. Curious, Kaldi tried the berries himself. He found that these berries gave him additional energy. The story quickly spread throughout the region.

B)The first coffee berries were transported from Ethiopia to Arabian countries and then they were cultivated in Yemen. From there, coffee travelled to Turkey where coffee beans were roasted for the first time over open fires. The roasted beans were crushed and then boiled in water, creating the drink we enjoy today. Finally, in the seventeenth century coffee arrived inFrance, Britain and Italy.

C)The first coffeehouses opened in Mecca and quickly became popular centres of social and political activity. The government believed that coffee stimulated radical thinking, and the governor even thought it might unite his opposition. As a result, coffee was forbidden inMecca. The same thing happened in Turkey a century later, when coffee drinkers were severely punished.

D)They say, in 1776 the thirteen American colonies adopted coffee as their national drink instead of tea. When the British tried to raise the tax on tea, Americans refused to buy it and switched to coffee. In fact, by drinking coffee Americans demonstrated their political views and their dislike for the British – the famous tea-lovers.

E)The Italians drink their espresso with sugar, the Germans and Swiss add an equal part of hot chocolate, the Mexicans prefer it with cinnamon, and the Belgians – with chocolate. Coffee drinkers in the Middle East usually add cardamom and spices. The Egyptians, on the other hand, are extremely fond of pure, strong coffee. They add neither milk nor cream.

F)Plain and simple, nothing else. People discovered that if they drank coffee slowly they could taste bitterness, sourness, sweetness and saltiness. For a long time such a taste was new and more than enough. It needed no improvement. Only later did they start experimenting with coffee by adding milk, chocolate, and other flavors. However, nothing can hide the taste of real coffee.

G)When the first European coffeehouses opened, they quickly grew into places where people played chess, exchanged gossip, sang and danced. Coffeehouses were very popular because anyone could go and enjoy a cup of the drink. The price of a cup of coffee was reasonable. European coffee houses became meeting points for intellectuals, writers and businessmen.

1)Coffee in the New World

2)The original taste of coffee

3)A chance discovery

4)A place for communication

5)An illegal drink

6)A long journey to Europe

7)Growing coffee plants

8) Different recipes

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Street art can be described as art that is developed in public spaces and above all in the street. It can mean a lot of different things including graffiti, poster art, wall paintings, and just about any artwork that is displayed in public places. Typically, street art is used to separate public-space artwork from illegal graffiti and vandalism.

B)The start of street art is closely connected to graffiti, which appeared in New York in the 1970s. The American artists soon became an inspiration for a number of other young street artists all over the world. For the following ten years graffiti grew more and more popular and was soon joined by new forms of street art including street installations, street sculptures and 3D pavement illusions.

C)Street artists are often associated with opposition. Their artwork is considered a crime and vandalism and the artists may be arrested for damaging property so the artists prefer to use nicknames and create their drawings mostly at night. They are not looking for fame, especially in countries where graffiti is still illegal.

D)Kurt Wenner was the one who developed an absolutely new form of street art. That is 3D pavement art. He started his career as a graphic artist but after moving to Italy he worked on a new technique. Wenner attracted the attention of the entire world with his remarkable 3D artwork and he also inspired a future generation of 3D pavement street artists.

E)Banksy is probably the most famous English street artist who has already become a legendary figure. It’s still true that no one knows who the person really is. However, his works are exhibited in galleries across the world. An American magazine even named him among the top most influential people in the world. However, he was the only one whose photo the magazine could not publish.

F)The motivations and ideas that inspire street artists are as different as the artists themselves. Some street artists, by creating certain works, want to draw attention to social and political problems. For other artists, street art is just a form of self-expression. And there are those who enjoy the challenge and risks which are connected with working illegally in some city areas.

G)Traditional graffiti has recently been used as a successful method for advertising. Lots of companies agree that traditional advertising on city streets is too boring and common so many people simply ignore it. However, graffiti adverts catch your attention, creating a memorable image. Big companies find this quite useful and try to include more elements of graffiti in their advertising campaigns.

1)Historical facts

2)Different reasons for drawing 
in the street

3)A street art exhibition

4)A commercial effect

5)An innovative method

6)An unknown artist

7)The meaning of the term

8) Keeping their names secret

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8.

Текст

A)For tourists coming to China, visiting Shanghai is a must. Shanghai is the largest city not only in China but in the world, too. About twenty-three million people live there! The city has always attracted people looking for a new life and business opportunities. Lots of Americans, Japanese, Koreans, French, Russians, and Germans live there permanently. Like most multinational cities, Shanghai accepts all cultures to produce a new type of a global culture.

B)To keep up with the city’s rhythm, tourists may use the metro system, which is cheap and very efficient. The Shanghai metro is fast and modern. It covers the whole city and is known as the biggest metro in the world. Stations and trains are perfectly clean and well-equipped. Monitors show arrival and departure time and business adverts, and give information about Shanghai sights and events in many languages.

C)If you love shopping, you will be glad to get lost in Shanghai for a couple of days, especially in Nanjing Road. This street houses a great number of prestigious shops, restaurants, and night clubs. There is no traffic here, which is very convenient for people. The shop assistants are very helpful and tourists are very welcome. In the evening the street looks absolutely magical with colourful lights.

D)Another iconic landmark of the city is the embankment of the River Huangpu, the Bund. It is famous for its classical European buildings. There are more than fifty large buildings on the Bund. They are built in different styles such as Gothic, Romanesque or Baroque and others. In spite of this great variety, the buildings stand together in perfect harmony.  The constructions in this part of the city remind people of those in New York, Chicago, London, Moscow and ten thousand other cities.

E)Among the many monuments in Shanghai, the monument to Alexander Pushkin is special. First built in 1937, the monument was ruined and restored twice throughout its history. Now it stands at a road intersection. Specialists from both China and Russia took part in its construction. It is devoted to the greatest poet of all time and also highlights the friendly relationship between the two countries.

F)The Shanghai climate is generally mild and humid, with four distinct seasons — a pleasant, warm spring, a hot, rainy summer, a comfortable, cool autumn and an overcast, cold winter. The location makes the city really wet — it rains for about one third of the year. From late August to mid-September, typhoons may happen. The hottest time comes in July and August, the coldest — from late January to early February. The spring is recommended as the best time to visit Shanghai.

G)Naturally, if you visit the city, you have a chance to try authentic Shanghai cuisine, which is very diverse. It offers dishes made of fresh meat, chicken, vegetables and various, seafood such as fish, shrimps and crabs. The dishes may taste hot and spicy, sweet and bitter. It really differs from European cuisine but Europeans usually enjoy it very much, as well as the atmosphere of the authentic national restaurants. 

1)Seasons and weather

2)The most convenient transport

 3)Local food

4)Multicultural community

5)World business centre

6)Links with Russian culture

7)Diverse architecture

8) A paradise for shopaholics

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Jeans are one of fashion’s most long enduring trends. Cowboys wear them but so do supermodels, farmers, presidents and housewives. Ask any group of people why they wear jeans and you will get a range of answers. For some they’re comfortable and easy – for others they’re trendy and cool. Jeans mean different things to different people, but they are popular everywhere.

B)Americans do not have a national folk dress with a long tradition. Blue jeans are probably the most recognisable article of American clothing. They have been part of American life for over 125 years. Blue denim jeans became not only an expression of American fashion but also an element of American identity known around the world.

C)Jeans were first designed as trousers for farmers and miners in the states of the American West. They quickly grew popular with common people, including cowboys, factory employees and railroad builders. The new trousers were made from a very strong material which did not wear out easily. However, at the same time jeans were very practical and comfortable to wear.

D)Pockets were the weak point of the miners’ clothes – they easily tore away from the jeans. A man called Jacob Davis had the idea of using metal rivets (fasteners) to hold the pockets and the jeans together so that they wouldn’t tear. Davis wanted to patent his idea, but he didn’t have enough money, so he offered Levi Strauss a deal if Strauss paid for the patent. Strauss accepted and started making jeans.

E)By the middle of the twentieth century, these heavy cotton trousers were a symbol of opposition for young artists and writers. College students started to wear them to show they were against the Vietnam War. The new trousers were banned in American schools from coast to coast and sometimes in theatres and cinemas.

F)Jeans are good because they don’t show the dirt. You can easily go a month without washing them and they don’t look shocking. They don’t need to be washed as often as other trousers and you don’t need to iron them. What’s more, because of the strong material you can wear your favorite jeans for years. Even the occasional hole or spot doesn’t spoil them at all.

G)In the 30s and 40s many people began to spend their spare time watching movies where adventurous cowboys rode horses, fought bad guys and wore blue jeans. The actors made jeans popular in movies and everyone wanted to wear them. Young people wished to imitate the casual “cowboyish” look they saw in films, and they began to wear jeans as casual wear.

1)Good for everyone

2)Easy to care for

3)Part of culture

4)Screen fashion

5)An innovative idea

6)Working clothes

7)Jeans’ labels

8) Clothes to protest

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Young people often worry about the style and functions of mobile phones. However, today companies present more models for people who are over 50 or 60 years old. They need a mobile phone with large buttons, so that they can dial numbers without glasses. The menu is also simple. It really doesn’t matter if the phone has a camera or the Internet. For them, less is more.

B)Today, when friends meet in a café, they put their mobile phones in the middle of the table. They aren’t allowed to touch them at all. If someone does it and answers the phone, they have to pay for everybody. Sounds fun, right? The idea is to make people concentrate on a real conversation with each other instead of using their mobiles all the time.

C)Visitors of theatres and cinemas often complain that mobile phones ring during performances. The city government of New York passed a new act. It is now forbidden to use mobile phones in places, like theaters, libraries, museums, galleries, and cinemas. Those who don’t switch off their mobiles will have to pay $50.

D)With mobile phones we can contact anyone, anywhere, any time. Scientists say that some people are so used to mobiles that they can’t go to the kitchen without them. They are in panic if they leave them at home or lose. It has become a habit to have a mobile everywhere. People depend on mobile phones so much that doctors have started worrying. They say it may be a thing similar to drugs.

E)Throwing mobile phones is an international sport that started in Finland in 2000. Traditionally participants throw mobile phones over their shoulders. The person, who throws farthest, wins. There’s also freestyle throwing. In this contest sportsmen should throw a mobile in a beautiful and creative way.

F)In 2010 a young girl from China made a song using only her mobile phone. She wrote it without any guitars, pianos, drums. She used different functions of her mobile. It took her several days to record the song. Later she made a video of it and put the video on the Internet, where over a million people watched it. She sent the song to the Apple company and suggested using it in their advertisements.

G)Today’s mobile phones can already send e-mails, surf the Internet, and keep you in touch with friends. Tomorrow’s phones are like helpful secretaries. In a few years you’ll see that they know your habits and can advise you what to cook for dinner. They will remind you where to go and what present to buy.

        1)A new music instrument

2)The latest fashion

3)A mobile for grandma

4)Phone addiction

5)A strange competition

6)A law against mobiles

7)Back to real-life communication

8) Digital personal assistants

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Edinburgh Tattoo takes place every year in August in the capital of Scotland. It is an event when military music is played by different bands from all over the world. It also includes traditional dances, bagpipe melodies, songs and a horse parade. All this is accompanied by the sounds of national Scottish music.

B)Using music can make the learning process more enjoyable and effective. You can introduce a new topic with music. It may be a great way to improve vocabulary and make students start thinking in the right direction. If students are doing a grammar exercise, you may play some music in the background, and this will help them concentrate.

C)The performance Lady Gaga gave at Manchester was called «The Monster Ball». It was a really strong and loud concert, consisting of four parts. The singer changed costumes 15 times. The «special» effects included a big sea monster and a grand piano which was burnt to pieces. The audience was just going crazy with every new song, it was no doubt a thrilling performance.

D)Are words important in a song? Some people say they don’t matter much. A song is music and you enjoy listening to the melody and don’t pay attention to words. On the other hand, a musician expresses himself through words, so they also matter. The words give meaning to a song and touch people’s feelings.

E)The most common song for English speakers on New Year’s eve is «Auld Lang Syne». When the clock strikes midnight, people join their hands and start singing. However, few of them remember that it’s an old Scottish song first published by the poet Robert Burns. The Scots also sing it on January 25th when they celebrate Burns’ birthday.

F)It’s typical to use music in advertising on radio and television. A lot of companies have jingles. They are short songs or tunes that attract customers. A jingle is quick to remember and usually has very simple words. The melody should be easy to sing and cheerful. The jingle must give a positive image of the company. A good example of it is McDonalds’ «I’m lovin’ it».

G)»We Are the Champions» is a ballad performed by the British group «Queen». It has become one of the most famous and widely used songs. It is also regularly played to celebrate sports victories. The song can be heard in many films, video games, cartoons, TV programmes. It was named the world’s favourite song in 2005.

1)The song of the winners

2)An annual music festival

3)Music of the future

4)Two sides of the same coin

5)An impressive show

6)Music in the classroom

7)The old music hit

8) Music for advert

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The first winners of the Olympic Games got free food and housing for the whole lives. They were mentioned in poems and well-known all over Greece. Sculptors even built statues of the competitors. Everyone respected and admired the winners. In short, the victory in the competitions made the man a national hero and all the little children wanted to be like him.

B)Olympia was chosen as the place of the Games because it was a peaceful and neutral area. There the ancient Greeks praised their most important God – Zeus. Another factor was that it had a beautiful green valley. It was very suitable for all kinds of sports competitions. Also people could easily get to Olympia because there were two rivers nearby. It was impossible to find a better place anywhere else in Greece.

C)The Olympiads were named in honor of the runner who came first in the stadium race. For example, the Olympiad of Dionis. So the years after this Olympiad were named as the first, the second, the third or the fourth year since the Olympiad of Dionis. The early historians used this system to give dates to important events.

D)The Olympic Museum was founded in 1993 in Switzerland. It has a big collection of pieces connected with the Olympic movement. It also has the largest number of books and documents about the Games in the world. No wonder the place is one of the main tourist attractions. The museum is surrounded by a park with wonderful works of art based on a sporting theme.

E)The modern Olympics began in 1894. Baron Pierre de Coubertin, a Frenchman decided to bring back the ancient Greek tradition. He wanted to begin a sports festival to celebrate health, youth and peace. The first modern Olympiad took place in Athens in 1896. Since then the Olympic Games have been held every four years with two exceptions because of the two world wars.

F)The Olympic Games traditionally start with the “Parade of the Nations”. Most of the participating athletes walk out into the stadium. The Greek athletes open the parade and the hosts appear on stadium the last. The name of each country is announced in French and English, the official languages of the Olympic Games, and the language spoken in the country that organizes the Games.

G)The five Olympic rings represent the five main regions of the world – Africa, the Americas, Asia, Europe and Oceana. Every national flag in the world includes one of the five colours, which are blue, yellow, black, green, and red. The rings are connected and there is a reason for it. It’s done to show that the Games are for all nations. All good sportsmen can come and compete against one another in unity.

1)The opening ceremony

2)A great honour

3)The Olympic team

4)The Greek calendar

5)A symbolic meaning

6)A place to visit

7)A new start

8) The best location

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)The age between 14 and 17 is often considered to be one of the best periods in a person’s life. Grown-ups remember it with excitement and happiness. The wish they were teenagers again. However, most teenagers won’t agree with this point of view if they were asked. They’re sure that they are facing a lot of difficult problems and that’s quite true.

B)Smoking has become one of the most important problems for modern teenagers. About 40 percent of teenagers are attracted by the bright cigarette advertisement. It seems they just don’t realize the harm it does to their health, because advertisements show smoking as something positive. They really believe that smoking will make them look like they’re cool and grown-up.

C)In fact, teenagers have got a lot of work. They’re busy with their studies, household chores, some of them have jobs. They can’t even find a moment to entertain themselves at times. It’s a more serious problem especially for those who are responsible and want to be successful students and good children.

D)The problem number one for most young people is between fathers and sons. All young people want to be independent, they want their parents to listen to their opinion. As for parents, they want to control their children’s lives. At the same time some parents can’t find a common language with their kids and simply don’t pay enough attention to them.

E)They say that all teenagers want to have a lot of money to dress well, to go to theatres, to visit foreign countries, to eat what they want and to buy books. But how can they do all these things? They have to get some money and it’s possible to do it. Some teenagers wash cars, others sell newspapers, help elderly people and babysit.

F)School ages are also very difficult. Children are always stressed because of their marks at school. It seems to teenagers that they do a lot of homework, but mothers and fathers are never satisfied. They want their children to have the highest marks at school. Teenagers do their best, but adults are never happy. They always want more.

G)There are many organizations which unite young people. Teenagers get together because of common interests and beliefs. Members of every organisations have their own attitudes to the world. There are some informal clubs, for example: emos, hippies, panks, and so on. However, some teenagers choose to join more serious groups like Greenpeace.

1)Generation gap

2)Attractive but unhealthy

3)Youth movements and societies

4)Always busy

5)Conflicts with friends

6)Parents’ ambitions

7)Are teenagers happy?

8) They want to earn and spend

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Hamleys is the best toyshop in the UK. It has seven floors of toys, games and sweets. The shop assistants often dress up in costumes of famous characters from fairy tales and stories. Because of this the place looks like a magic land. The atmosphere is wonderful, and the shop really has everything young ones could ever want.

B)Harrods, is perhaps London’s most famous department store, named after Charles Harrods, who opened a family grocer’s shop on the site in 1849. The little shop has grown and become a symbol for expensive and glamorous shopping. It contains over 300 departments selling luxury items, from furniture and ladies fashion to sports equipment. Harrods continues to astonish customers from around the world with first-class service and product quality.

C)The Old Umbrella Shop is one of the shops that hasn’t changed from the early twentieth century. Inside it looks exactly as it was years ago. There are old telephones, shelves, shop windows and an umbrella museum. What’s more, it still sells umbrellas and doesn’t want to specialize in anything else. The shop has faithful clients who have been coming there for years.

D)Muara Kuin is an unusual river market in Indonesia. With the sunrise people from local villages arrive here by boat with fresh fruit and vegetables. Buyers get to the market in the same way. Nobody goes on shore, all business is done from boats. If you wish to get a cup of tea, there are special motor boats selling drinks and cookies.

E)The city of Dongguan in China has the world’s largest shopping mall. There are seven zones in it, which are designed to look like world’s cities and regions. In no time you’ll get fromParis to Amsterdam. Take a lift and it will take you from Europe to Canada. There’s even a small river with boats, where you can relax and take a trip after shopping.

F)Hope and Greenwood is a sweet shop in London. It offers traditional British sweets. They were popular in the 50s and 70s. Now you can’t find them anywhere else, because chocolate factories use new modern recipes and ingredients. This shop offers a unique opportunity to try the desserts of the previous century.

G)Oxfam is a chain of shops all over the world, which sells very cheap things. Its aim is to attract shoppers by offering them many second-hand and donated things of good quality. Also anyone can come and bring the books or clothes they no longer need. Oxfam takes everything: from stamps to furniture.

1)Shop and travel

2)They don’t want to change anything

3)A shop for the rich

4)Shopping on water

5)Children’s dreamland

6)Shopping alone

7)A taste from the past

8) Not new but good and cheap

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)For intelligence, ravens rate up with chimpanzees and dolphins. These birds have the largest brain of any bird species. Ravens can push rocks on people to keep them from climbing to their nests and play dead to scare other ravens away from a delicious meal. If a raven knows another raven is watching, it hides its food. It pretends to put the food in one place but hides it in another.

B)It’s amazing to watch ravens sliding on snow-covered roofs. For entertainment, they also roll down snowy hills. Ravens often play keep-away with other animals like wolves, foxes and dogs. They even make toys—a rare animal behaviour—from sticks, pine cones, golf balls, or rocks to play with each other or by themselves. When they feel bored, they mock other creatures and find it very amusing.

C)According to surveys, the ravens are one of the main reasons why tourists come to see the Tower of London. Nobody knows when the ravens first appeared there but there is a belief that at least six ravens must always remain on the territory of the Tower.  Otherwise, the British Monarchy may fall. To prevent the birds from flying away their wings are clipped every three weeks.

D)In the past, in some cultures, people were truly afraid of these dark birds. In Germany, ravens were considered to be the incarnation of criminals’ souls or sometimes Satan himself. In Sweden, ravens were thought to be the souls of murdered people. And in Denmark, people believed that it was dangerous to look at ravens because you could turn into a raven yourself.

E)Sometimes people find injured ravens and take them home but keeping a raven as a pet is really difficult. These birds require a lot of care, a lot of freedom, and a lot of time. Ravens are wild creatures, and are not pets in the same way as cats and dogs are. If the bird is strong and healthy, it is unfair and cruel to keep it in captivity. In some countries it’s even illegal. So if you really love and admire these birds, enjoy them from a distance!

F)Crows and ravens are often confused with each other because they are both black birds. Even people who are well aware of the differences between the two birds can get confused. You can tell them apart by their voice and differences in their behaviour. Ravens are larger than crows, with thicker beaks, and longer tails. Ravens have a deeper voice than crows.

G)Many poets and writers wrote about ravens in their works. Shakespeare refers to the raven more often than to any other bird. The raven Grip plays an important part in Charles Dickens’ book Barnaby Rudge. Edgar Allan Poe presents the raven as a mystical messenger in his poem The Raven. The wise and sensible raven is also a popular figure in fairy tales.

1)The dark bird of evil

2)A prominent literary character

3)Fun lovers

4)Alike but different

5)The guardians of the country

6)Smart and cunning  

7)Born to be free

8) Favourite diet

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую цифру только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)How many rubbish bins do you have where you live? In our area there are about 6 of them, each bin for a different kind of rubbish. There are separate containers for glass, cans, paper, textiles, plastic bottles and food products. I’m sure it’s really good because lots of things which we throw away can easily be recycled. It’s time to start caring for our environment.

B)»Please, keep this place clean». This is often written on picnic sites and camping areas in forests. Do we follow the recommendation? We have fun and enjoy the views and then throw away unwanted food, glass, plastic bottles, cans, wrappers and paper. Is that your «thanks» to nature? Make your site or travel route look like nobody was there. Leave no sign of human influence.

C)Before people started destroying the rainforests, they covered 15% of the Earth’s land area. Today, they cover only 6%. In just the last 50 years, one third of the tropical rainforests have been destroyed. If people don’t stop, global warming will become more severe, rare ecosystems will be destroyed, we’ll breathe polluted air and the climate will be changed forever.

D)In the first years of the 21st century there were lots of discoveries in the animal world. But in the past 10 years some animals have completely disappeared from earth. You can no longer see a golden toad, a baiji dolphin or a black rhino. It is frightening that today the process is going faster and faster. These days about 5000 animals could disappear at any time.

E)More than 100 million animals every year suffer and die from inhuman drug, food or cosmetic tests, biology lessons, medical training exercises and other experiments. It seems that we have no pity for them. Have you ever thought that we hurt them? If there isn’t testing on people there shouldn’t be testing on animals either.

F)For my birthday this year I got an unusual and unexpected invitation from a friend to plant a tree. It was a thrilling experience. On the day of the event I chose a tree myself, got some professional advice and did the job. I have never felt such joy. I know my «personal» tree will be part of a small park in the district, a place of beauty for people of all ages to enjoy.

G)The Green School Awards are for quality in environmental education. You can enter the competition as a whole school, a class, a team or an individual. The main task is to make a report on any topic mentioned on our website. You can present it in any form: a scrapbook, a DVD, a website, and so on. Each winner will get a cheque for £700.

1)Why worry about trees?

2)Choose: what goes where?

3)Cruel business

4)Dead or endangered

5)A green society

6)Don’t leave rubbish behind!

7)A green present

8) Become green and get the prize!

Прочитайте тексты и установите соответствие между текстами А–G  и заголовками 1–8. Запишите свои ответы в таблицу. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании есть один лишний заголовок.

Текст

A)Everybody remembers what school smells and sounds like. It may seem unimportant but research results suggest that smells and sounds can influence learning ability and creativity. Some schools are now introducing noises, music and even smell into the classroom. The aim is to see which of these factors can improve students’ grades.

B)It’s obvious that the constant sounds of traffic, airports and police sirens are a part of a busy city. Numerous studies have focused on the combined effect of aircraft and road traffic sounds on reading ability and memory.  It was found out that children from schools near big airports reported annoyance and showed less success at exams, which proves that the aircraft noise is the most harmful type of machinery noise.

  C)The International Noise Awareness Day was started by the American Centre for Hearing and Communication in 1995. The aim of this day, which takes place every year in April, is to raise awareness among the people of the noise problem and the risks it makes. On that day people are asked to turn off noise sources such as TV sets and auto engines for a few hours and to enjoy the silence.

D)There is no one best colour, some are just better than others in different situations. The design of the classroom is very important, too. It should be nice and pleasant and help students to focus on learning – remember about it when you paint the walls! Generally, light blue and purple have a calming effect on learners. Warm tones like peach and light yellow provide a relaxing atmosphere that is good for learning too. However, most physiologists say that red, white, black and brown should be avoided in the classroom.

E)However, when students do tasks in groups or discuss something, noise is unavoidable. Sometimes the noise distracts other students. To prevent this, a traffic light system has been introduced. A large set of traffic lights, made of coloured paper, is placed in the classroom. When the noise is acceptable, the green light is on. When it gets too loud, the yellow light is put on. Changing to the red light means the end of activities or complete silence.

F)On the other hand, some noises stimulate creativity, but the sound should be neither too high nor too low.  There was a special experiment held in an office. While working, the people were listening to different melodies, played at different levels. It was observed that the most original projects were created when the songs and compositions were played at a medium level. Low and high levels, on the other hand, damaged creativity.

G)According to Professor Shields, listening to classical or calm music helps creative learning.  This conclusion is not really new. For a long time, teachers and coaches have been using quiet melodies to inspire their students and stimulate their imagination. This is particularly useful in art classes, where students learn to create pieces of art like pictures, sculptures and hand-made articles.

1)Some time without noise

2)Harmful background noise

3)Special effects for better results

4)A way to reduce noise pollution

5)Colours for the classroom

6)Music in the classroom    

7)Music for relaxation

8) Different effects of music

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1.  that are displayed during the nesting season

2.  while the city has grown up around them

3.  and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

4.  where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

5.  who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

6.  who does not know the route to the place of destination

7.  that take cyclists away from traffic

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения
Подробности

18976

img329 s    
Прочитайте текст. Заполните пропуски в предложениях под номерами В4-В11 соответствующими формами слов, напечатанных заглавными буквами справа от каждого предложения. TEST 05 (part 1)

City Farms

B4

As a person who has lived on the edge of a small city all my life, I find it difficult to believe that some children living in big cities grow up without ever seeing an animal larger than a pet dog.

 LIVE

B5

When I was a child we thought it was perfectly natural to play in fields with large cows for company,

 THINK

B6

but apparently some city children do not even know what the animal that produces their milk looks like.

 LOOK

B7

To help city children understand what it is like to live in the country, special farms have been created right in the centre of some of Britain’s larger cities.

 CREATE

B8

One of the oldest of these is in London. It is run by volunteers and has herds of sheep, goats, cows and other animals. There are educational programmes for visitors and children can help feed and clean the animals.

 RUN

B9

I have not / haven’t been to one of these farms myself, but I think that it is a marvellous way to help children learn about the ways of the countryside.

 NOT GO

B10

I hope that we will see more of these farms in our cities in the future.

 SEE


esse edit

ЕГЭ по английскому языку задание №11 Понимание структурно-смысловых связей в тексте Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2019 г.  – задание №11 Visiting the Royal Parks

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The life of Pi

    “The Life of Pi” published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_______________________, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.
At the start of the book, we B_______________________ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.
When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_______________________. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_______________________, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_______________________ and show it that he’s the boss.
Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_______________________ in the end!

1. read the book to find out what happens
2. some food and water on the lifeboat
3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger
4. received an award for being strong
5. sold seven million copies worldwide
6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry
7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ:

A B C D E F

ЕГЭ по английскому языку задание №11 Понимание структурно-смысловых связей в тексте Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2017 г.  – задание №11 Visiting the Royal Parks

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:

A B C D E F

Демонстрационный вариант ЕГЭ 2016 г.  – задание №11

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:

A B C D E F

ЕГЭ 2016 (досрочный период)

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A-F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1-7. Одна из частей в списке лишняя.

1. where one can enjoy close contact with

2. which meet every need of their users

3. than to discover them once for oneself

4. who has never been to this wonderful city

5. which is ideal for various water sports

6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

7. who have different options around the capital

Beaches of Portugal

Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A______________________.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______________________, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C ______________________.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D ______________________ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ______________________ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ______________________. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

Единый государственный экзамен ЕГЭ по английскому языку задание №11 Понимание структурно-смысловых связей в тексте Демонстрационный вариант Единый государственный экзамен ЕГЭ 2017 г.  – задание №11 Visiting the Royal Parks

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:

A B C D E F

Решение:

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the  capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.
Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

Ответ: 523741


Демонстрационный вариант Единый государственный экзамен ЕГЭ 2016 г.  – задание №11

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1. that are displayed during the nesting season
2. while the city has grown up around them
3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives
4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead
5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing
6. who does not know the route to the place of destination
7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ:

A B C D E F

Решение:

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in
Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the  capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.
Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

Ответ: 523741


Единый государственный экзамен ЕГЭ 2016 (досрочный период)

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A-F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1-7. Одна из частей в списке лишняя.

1. where one can enjoy close contact with

2. which meet every need of their users

3. than to discover them once for oneself

4. who has never been to this wonderful city

5. which is ideal for various water sports

6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

7. who have different options around the capital

Beaches of Portugal

Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A______________________.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______________________, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C ______________________.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D ______________________ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ______________________ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ______________________. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

Решение:

Ответ: 365712

Beaches of Portugal

Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A ______________________.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______________________, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C ______________________.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D ______________________ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ______________________ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ______________________. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.



На дворе сентябрь, а значит пора потихоньку приступать к подготовке к ЕГЭ по английскому.  Сегодня мы подготовили для вас новую статью «A new coat ЕГЭ: детальный разбор и ответы». В ней найдется полезный материал как для новичков, так и для тех, кто уже хорошо справляется с заданиями 32-38. 

Читайте, берите на заметку и делитесь со своими друзьями! Если же вам необходим преподаватель, который поможет структурировать ваши знания, расскажет о всех особенностях выполнения заданий, о которых не говорят в школе, и подготовит к прохождению непростого испытания ЕГЭ по английскому, то мы будем рады вам помочь. Ведь теперь у нас доступна подготовка к ЕГЭ онлайн. Кликайте по ссылке, заполняйте форму и ожидайте нашего звонка!

A new coat ЕГЭ: детальный разбор и ответы

Сначала посмотрим на сам текст «A new coat ЕГЭ», который представлен на сайте ФИПИ. 

a new coat ЕГЭ

A32. Начнем с перевода всех предложенных глаголов и разбора их особенностей.

Anna had 32______ Dotty to the hairdresser’s and now she had a very beautiful hairstyle with a fringe.

Ответ:

  • proceeded
  • accompanied
  • followed
  • addressed

proceed — продолжить что-то делать, двигаться дальше (proceed to – переходить к чему-либо)
accompany smb to — сопровождать кого-либо куда-либо
follow smb — следовать за кем-либо
address smth — адресовать, отреагировать на что-то

Исходя из имеющегося контекста, делаем вывод, что подходит accompanied.

Anna had accompanied Dotty to the hairdresser’s and now she had a very beautiful hairstyle with a fringe. — Анна сопроводила Дотти в парикмахерскую, и теперь у нее была очень красивая прическа с челкой.

Ответ: accompanied

А33. В этот раз проверяется знание слов-связок. О них более подробно мы рассказывали в серии наших статей (linking words: 1 тип, 2 тип (1 часть, 2 часть, 3 часть), 3 тип). Вы также можете проверить свои знания по этой теме, выполнив тест.

Начинаем с того, что смотрим, где пропуск и какая пунктуция после пропуска.

Anna had accompanied Dotty to the hairdresser’s and now she had a very beautiful hairstyle with a fringe. 33______, Miranda knew that the girls had bought a new suit for Dotty.

Ответ:

  • Therefore
  • Otherwise
  • Moreover
  • Although

Пропуск в самом начале предложения, а после пропуска стоит запятая — это говорит о том, что нам нужно вводное слово. Среди предложенных есть три вводных слова: therefore — следовательно, otherwise — иначе, moreover — кроме того.

Между ними мы выбираем уже по смыслу. Для этого обязательно переводим предыдущее предложение.

Anna had accompanied Dotty to the hairdresser’s and now she had a very beautiful hairstyle with a fringe. Therefore/Otherwise/Moreover, Miranda knew that the girls had bought a new suit for Dotty. Анна сопроводила Дотти в парикмахерскую, и теперь у нее была очень красивая прическа с челкой. Следовательно/ Иначе/Кроме того, Миранда знала, что девочки купили новый кстюм для Дотти.

По смыслу подходит moreover.

Ответ: moreover.

A34. Запомните данную конструкцию: be allowed to + инфинитив — получить разрешение на, разрешено. Она не только встречается в заданиях по лексике 32-38, но и еще и среди грамматических заданий 19-25.

She says I’m not 34______ to wear this one now.

Ответ:

  • agreed
  • accepted
  • afforded
  • allowed

Ответ: allowed

A35. В этом задании проверяется знание предлога instead of – вместо.

Well, I certainly agree with her on that point but I think you may take my woollen coat 35______ of Anna’s.

Ответ:

  • instead
  • besides
  • against
  • outside

Давайте разберем оставшиеся слова:
besides – кроме того
against — против
outside — снаружи, за пределами чего-либо

Ответ: instead

A36. Запомните выражение cost a fortune – стоить состояние.

It must have cost a 36______ and I really can’t take it.”

Ответ:

  • price
  • thing
  • fortune
  • wealth

Ответ: fortune

A37. Еще одно устойчивое выражение: see the light of the day – увидеть свет, выйти в свет.

What good is it to me, hanging in the wardrobe and never 37______ the light of day?

Ответ:

  • looking
  • seeing
  • watching
  • glancing

Ответ: seeing

A38. В последнем задании проверяется знание устойчивого выражения do smb a favour – сделать кому-либо одолжение.

You’ll be 38______ me a favour taking it out of the way.”

Ответ:

  • making
  • getting
  • doing
  • giving

Ответ: doing

Хотите знать все о выполнении заданий 32-38? Мы собрали для вас все детальные разборы на одной странице. Здорово, не так ли? Они непременно пригодятся в ходе подготовки к ЕГЭ!

А если вы еще не знакомы с алгоритмом выполнения этих заданий, то скорее читайте нашу статью на данную тему. 

Следите за обновлениями и совершенствуйте свой английский вместе с ABC.

Task 1 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифру, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу.

Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster

Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.

The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’

The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .

In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.

In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .

At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .

The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.

  1. through a small hole in the floor

  2. through the hole for the hamster

  3. and locked the runaway hamster

  4. to come out of the hole

  5. to look after the pet

  6. to try and locate the missing hamster

  7. and left it under the floorboards

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 2

Speed of eating is ‘key to obesity’

If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.

Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .

Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .

The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .

They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.

  1. just overfill your stomach

  2. could be bad for your weight

  3. have a habit of eating quickly

  4. linked to obesity

  5. eat as slowly as possible

  6. put on weight

  7. learned at a very early age

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 3

Hi-Tech Brings Families Together 

Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.

Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ____ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ____ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ____ .

Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ____ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.

The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ____ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ____ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.

Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.

  1. than any other group

  2. watching television

  3. in the company of someone else

  4. than two computers in the home

  5. communicated with their families

  6. helping them communicate

  7. owning a mobile

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 4

The Power of ‘Hello’ 

I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .

When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .

After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.

At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.

At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .

  1. it has become a way of life.

  2. when it passes you on the street.

  3. when you see him and talk to him.

  4. and it lets them come into mine, too.

  5. so I did not pay any attention to him.

  6. however small or simple the greeting is.

  7. how far he thought I could go in his company.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

2

1

7

4

Task 5

Friendship and Love

 A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.

I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.

I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .

When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.

This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .

  1. but we did anyway.

  2. whenever a need arises.

  3. they did not really care.

  4. whenever they need your help.

  5. could not guarantee would even last.

  6. am eternally grateful for a second chance.

  7. someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

3

5

7

6

Task 6

Mobile phones

 On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

  1. trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

  2. that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

  3. and relying instead on actual call charges

  4. that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

  5. the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

  6. and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

  7. the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

2

1

5

3

Task 7

London Zoo

 London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.

Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.

That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .

In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.

Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .

Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!

  1. such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs

  2. as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo

  3. which take place every day, from

  4. because they see and touch them close up

  5. despite the serious side to our work

  6. which demand much time and effort

  7. that is not counting every ant in the colony

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

4

3

2

Task 8

‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original

 Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.

The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A______.

Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.

The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B ______ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.

The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C _____, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.

Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating D _____ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.

Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»

He added: «We speculated in the past E ______ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F______was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».

  1. which could reveal

  2. which they stood

  3. which it was once made up

  4. that this stretch of the river Avon

  5. that there might have been something

  6. that it should be considered as integral part

  7. that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

1

5

4

Task 9

Australia

 Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.

Australia is an island continent A _____ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.

B ____, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.

From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C ____.

The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D ____. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.

West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E ____. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.

The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F ____, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.

  1. that once stood here

  2. that is almost continent long

  3. whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania

  4. whose landscape — much of bleak and inhospitable

  5. whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges

  6. Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper

  7. Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

2

1

5

6

Task 10

Scotland Yard

 Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable — A____ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B____.

One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C ____. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D ____.

An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E ____.

There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.

There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F ____.

  1. which is contacted by radio

  2. that familiar figure of the London scene

  3. for they are accustomed to military bands

  4. which possesses its own separate police force

  5. which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits

  6. that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice

  7. whereas the same search would take six men an hour

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

1

3

7

5

Task 11

Harry Potter course for university students 

Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.

The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.

A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.

The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”

  1. up for the optional module, part of

  2. to emerge four or five years ago to see

  3. to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in

  4. such as the response of the writer

  5. including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in

  6. to growing demand from the student

  7. such as the moral universe of the school

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

5

6

7

2

Task 12

Laughing and evolution

 The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.

The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.

“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”

Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.

Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.

To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”

  1. whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did

  2. to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes

  3. that laughter is a uniquely human trait

  4. that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos

  5. that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor

  6. while their caretakers tickled them

  7. to trace the origin of laughter back

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

1

6

4

5

Task 13

Nenets culture affected by global warming

 For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.

But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ___ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ____ .

“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.

Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable — with unseasonal snowstorms  С ___, and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50°C. Now they are normally around -30°C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30°C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ___,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.

Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E __ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ___ .

  1. when the ice was finally thick enough to cross

  2. that the impact on Russia would be disastrous

  3. the environment is under pressure

  4. and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us

  5. and set up their camps in the southern forests

  6. that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting

  7. when the reindeer give birth in May

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

7

4

3

6

Task 14

Duration of life and its social implications

The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A____ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.

The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ___ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.

The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ___ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on careers and social services providers, D ___ for health services and pensions systems.

“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ___ population.”

Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ___ that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.

  1. which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country

  2. alarm about these changes

  3. a huge shift towards an ageing population

  4. change is due to

  5. while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications

  6. which shows the balance between working-age people and the older

  7. as proportions of older people increase in most countries

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

5

7

6

Task 15

Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes

 St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .

The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.

However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.

The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .

They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.

They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.

The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.

«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.

  1. either a Maasai or a Kamba man

  2. who do not hunt elephants

  3. when they detected the smell of clothes

  4. who carried out the research

  5. the amount of risk they sense

  6. spearing elephants

  7. when they spotted red but not white cloth

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 16

Culture and customs

 In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ___ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ___ , such as North Korea.

Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ___ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ___ — like talking on a mobile phone.

Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ___ .”

Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ___ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.

  1. to perform other actions

  2. outnumber traditional telephones

  3. to communicate with each other

  4. combined with the Internet

  5. to serve basic needs

  6. banned in some countries

  7. carry in our pockets

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

1

7

5

Task 17

My Stage

 My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.

I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ___ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ___ .

My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ___ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ___ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ___ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.

My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.

  1. like she was a rag doll

  2. whether I was good at it or not

  3. wished I, too, could be on stage

  4. and I designed the rest

  5. and I was star struck

  6. so Heather could do her tap routine

  7. because she got to go to dance lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

4

1

6

2

Task 18

Cat’s punctuality

 Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ___ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.

She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ___ .

An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ___ .

She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ___ .

It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.

Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.

Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays — E ___ .

She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ___ .

His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.

  1. on the look-out for more treats

  2. from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT

  3. to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home

  4. on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away

  5. to identify if anyone had bumped into him

  6. when her son is having a lie-in

  7. collected by car every morning

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

5

3

2

6

1

Task 19

Do you speak English?

When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.

Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .

If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .

Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .

  1. whatever it costs

  2. most excellent impression

  3. you have never heard of before, and nobody else either

  4. in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives

  5. would never know it really well

  6. far from being the whole vocabulary of the language

  7. and all this

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

3

4

7

2

Task 20

Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.

The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .

He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.

In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .

Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .

It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .

And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .

Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.

Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .

Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.

  1. which is above Earth’s atmosphere.

  2. which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.

  3. which is invisible to the human eye.

  4. who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.

  5. so it has a clear view of space.

  6. because many stars are in clouds of gas.

  7. but where it is.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

5

2

3

Task 21

The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ____ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B _____ .

Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.

The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .

  1. and finally measure them.

  2. since it was heard 3,000 miles away.

  3. and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.

  4. that loud sound is of high intensity.

  5. as they study mechanical forces.

  6. as a painful sensation in the ear.

  7. that the unaided human ear can detect.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 22

Chocolate 

Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.

  1. the chocolate consumed today is made

  2. that chocolate, eaten in moderation

  3. central and southern America for

  4. of the world’s most popular flavours

  5. hand contains no cocoa solids and

  6. cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have

  7. many countries worldwide at

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

1

5

2

4

Task 23

Reality TV

 Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera” — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.

Whatever the real reason — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .

  1. due to basic human instinct that

  2. is still early to judge

  3. are simply the cycles of fashion

  4. but more usually the stars are members

  5. that the television phenomenon

  6. is a type of programme that

  7. seem to have disappeared

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

1

7

3

Task 24

Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University

 Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.

Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.

In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.

  1. who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea

  2. to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy

  3. a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind

  4. favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science

  5. the contemporary European powers in

  6. are marked by special events and festivities at

  7. famous among all educated people

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

3

5

1

4

6

Task 25

Window Shopping

 The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate — the 3K Window Shopping gang!

Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor cafii Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.

But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the cafiiand returned to the store by their 2.00pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.

  1. not like to spend our time

  2. that it’s probably not quite

  3. that particular day turned

  4. our real shopping in

  5. sometimes go shopping for real

  6. anything you want and there is

  7. but when we are together

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

2

5

3

4

Task 26

The Hotel

 “Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street” — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.

  1. me to take a print of your credit card

  2. points poured out smoothly, no verbal

  3. if I would even see her when

  4. although it seemed virtually identical

  5. so sure was I that nobody would

  6. me to help you with your luggage

  7. as if I am being processed like a product

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

2

5

3

5

Task 27

Lindsay Wildlife Museum

 Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.

 Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A ____ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В _____. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С ____.

 The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D ____.

 After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E ____. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F ___ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme — the first of its kind in the United States of America — began in 1970.

  1. that a permanent, year-round site was necessary

  2. as well as field trips focused on the natural world

  3. many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising

  4. that had been injured or orphaned because of intense

  5. that needed public attention and a new building

  6. as well as teach children and adults about nature

  7. through education programmes and on-site tours

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

3

2

1

4

Task 28

America’s fun place on America’s main street

 If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ____. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us — or В ____. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.

Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ____. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ____ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.

A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ____. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.

Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ____, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.

  1. that are offered to the visitors

  2. its glamorous past and fun-filled present

  3. as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences

  4. by joining our e-community

  5. that was sweeping the country

  6. celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War

  7. to learn more about American history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

5

2

6

7

Task 29

Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops

 The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A ____ in 1997.

The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В ____ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.

«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С ____,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _____ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.

Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E ____. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»

A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F ____ and can be life-changing.»

  1. that it was researching the system of funding education after 16

  2. 260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000

  3. but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced

  4. that inspire young people is immeasurable

  5. but an increasing shortage of work experience means

  6. that young people should stay on at school, as

  7. but a lot more of it is being done online

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

3

5

7

4

Task 30

Lots of fun in Cardiff

 As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.

Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A ____. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.

In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _____. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С ____. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D ____.

There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _____.

The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F ____. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.

  1. from international names to family-run guest houses

  2. joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians

  3. having their summer holidays in Cardiff

  4. that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers

  5. which features music, film, literature and graphics

  6. from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations

  7. beating with dance and theatrical performances

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

5

2

6

4

1

Task 31

Changing image

 For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.

Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _____. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _____ of politics.

Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _____ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _____, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.

The museum continues constantly to add figures E ____ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.

The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F ____.

  1. as well as resources on art, technology and drama

  2. as well as the idols of popular music and the icons

  3. who is sitting to determine exact measurements

  4. ranging from special effects to fully animated figures

  5. ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment

  6. that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity

  7. who are eager to help in any possible way they can

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

3

7

6

1

Task 32

Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working

 Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _____, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В ____. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С ____.»

The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D ____,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E ____, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»

Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F ____.»

As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.

  1. and things would be different if everyone was given the chance

  2. which let me know he approved of me

  3. and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays

  4. which I needed to become a professional skier

  5. which I would happily spend as I liked

  6. that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex

  7. but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

1

3

7

4

Task 33

Orient Express

 In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.

By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A _____. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В _____. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.

In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.

Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С _____, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.

Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D _____ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E _____.

Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ____ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.

  1. elegant meals were served to passengers

  2. to use trains for long distance travel and vacations

  3. who rode the train

  4. who wrote about it

  5. which connected Switzerland and Italy

  6. that served dishes and wines

  7. there was no money

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

2

5

6

3

7

Task 34

Arizona’s world class cruise

 Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ____, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ____.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ____. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.

Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, water fowl, D ____. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ____.

All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ____ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.

  1. that nature has ever created in the wild

  2. that none of the others have

  3. hovering over the magnificent lake

  4. who retells the legends of the mysterious past

  5. for yourself why there is nothing quite

  6. who pays much attention to children’s safety

  7. continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

2

1

3

4

5

Task 35

US Congress

 The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.

It is an assembly of elected representatives A ____ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.

Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ____ and through which members of Congress form alliances.

C ____, in which political parties are the only important kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.

In fact other organizations have grown in number D ____.

The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E ____ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.

But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F _____, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.

  1. as party influence has declined

  2. against the spirit of the Constitution

  3. being so large (435 members)

  4. empowered to make laws

  5. unlike the British Parliament

  6. by which the business of Congress is carried on

  7. who in turn are elected by the full party membership

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

5

1

7

3

Task 36

The Trailblazers

 In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.

Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A____ to move possessions and supplies became common place.

Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B_____ to new people and territories.

Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C_____ on each other for goods.

To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D_____ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.

More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E_____.

As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ____, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.

  1. to spread U.S. ideas and government

  2. for the first time in history

  3. thus replacing them forever

  4. as territories became interdependent

  5. the use of covered wagons

  6. by taking land from Native peoples

  7. forming the largest mass migration in history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

4

6

7

2

Task 37

A Young Mayor

 This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.

An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A_____, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____. “My election promise was to make sure D _____,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”

Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.

Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.

  1. who is not a member of any political party

  2. that our village would be protected from outside interests

  3. but it was not a total shock to her

  4. being a politics student at the university

  5. so she can do her job as mayor properly

  6. who is only just old enough to vote herself

  7. will have to find time for her work as mayor

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

3

2

7

5

Task 38

Is there enough to say?

 They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age — mobile phones, or cell phones, A ____. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____.

And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C_____ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.

But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?

In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____.

In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write — communication was serious. Now it’s not — people phone each other F ____. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk — now it’s just an excuse to talk.

  1. has been developed very quickly

  2. not understand why they are doing it for

  3. as Americans call them

  4. riding halfway across the country on a horse

  5. just because they can

  6. can also be used to take and send photos

  7. fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

6

7

4

5

Task 39

Promoting language learning

 The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.

The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C____.

Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D____. There are national information centres in each country, E_____.

The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F ____. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.

  1. and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners

  2. which includes language teaching and learning

  3. cinemas and television in other EU countries

  4. which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning

  5. funding a number of educational programmes

  6. and encouraging people to learn new languages

  7. where details about the application procedures are given

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

4

1

7

3

Task 40

Starting your own business

What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A_____ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.

If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____ into the world of commerce.

Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D____. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.

Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.

If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____ the business.

  1. the essentials of starting

  2. that awaits when you step

  3. trials and tribulations of employment

  4. establishing and conducting

  5. preparing a business plan

  6. waiting to be acquired

  7. undertaking the commercial activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

7

1

4

Task 41

Archaeology done underwater

 Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A____, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.

Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B____, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine

archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_____.

Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_____ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_____. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_____.

  1. that existed long before the invention of writing

  2. that nearly every object made by humans

  3. what those people were really like

  4. which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring

  5. that it is the study of archaeology done underwater

  6. and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities

  7. and what was discovered underwater

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

2

1

3

Task 42

Visiting the Royal Parks

 London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_____ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B______. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_____.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D______ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_____. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F____. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

  1. that are displayed during the nesting season

  2. while the city has grown up around them

  3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

  4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

  5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

  6. who does not know the route to the place of destination

  7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

3

7

4

1

Task 43

The Survival of the Welsh Language

 Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A_____. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.

Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B______.

By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C_____.

Now, D_____, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.

In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ____. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.

By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ____. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6% — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!

  1. as well as education and the law

  2. the only one of a number of allied languages that remain

  3. with radio and the English press further speeding the decline

  4. many being able to speak Welsh only

  5. where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner

  6. apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools

  7. bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

7

1

4

3

Task 44

Secrets of Long Life

 There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians — A_____ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?

«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B____ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C_____ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.

Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D_____ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E_____ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.

«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F____ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.

  1. make it a healthy diet

  2. other parts of the world

  3. four times higher than the average

  4. have a cultural tradition

  5. sends a signal to the body

  6. the rest of the population

  7. makes the body protect itself

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

4

5

7

2

Task 45

Beaches of Portugal

 Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A _____.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C_____.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D _____ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ____ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ____. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

  1. where one can enjoy close contact with

  2. which meet every need of their users

  3. than to discover them once for oneself

  4. who has never been to this wonderful city

  5. which is ideal for various water sports

  6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

  7. who have different options around the capital

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

7

1

2

Task 46

The Joy of Reading

 Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _____ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down from generation to generation.

First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B _____, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.

Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C _____. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping a person understand D _____.

Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions, E ____.

Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F _____.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. try to avoid the boredom of life

  2. that has consistently remained part of society

  3. that they are not alone

  4. going through something difficult

  5. without having to bear any responsibility

  6. that range from unlikely to impossible

  7. at your own pace

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

3

5

7

Task 47

Peter and Paul Fortress

 The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.

Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A____.

The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B____. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C____, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D____ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E____, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F____ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.

  1. as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg

  2. which was designed by D. Trezzini

  3. which was the burial place of Russian

  4. and reminding of the rich history of the city

  5. as the most protected part of the city

  6. which is located on the spire of the cathedral

  7. that are located at the corners

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

7

2

3

6

5

Task 48

Surviving in a Desert

 A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _____.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B _____. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ____, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D____. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E____. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F_____. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

  2. whenever it rains

  3. to find water as far as 25 metres away

  4. which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

  5. to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

  6. even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

  7. that help them to live in the desert

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

6

7

2

5

Task 49

Nevsky Prospect

 Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_____.

After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_____ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_____, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_____. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E____ had their offices there.

Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F____.

  1. and hotels there or nearby the avenue

  2. showing the original width of the avenue

  3. which was not as straight as it was planned

  4. which were built by famous architects and

  5. connecting these two important structures with

  6. and a few rows of trees were planted along the street

  7. as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

3

6

7

1

Task 50

Whales in a Noisy Ocean

Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.

Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise C ____ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. Thishelps them to track, identify, and survey different species.

One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____.

It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____. If the Song of the Whale team can F ____, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.

  1. in using underwater microphones

  2. to locate food and find their way

  3. result in injury and even death

  4. track and identify their habitats

  5. to filter out food from the water

  6. to provide a platform for marine research

  7. when large numbers come ashore

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

3

7

4

Task 51

Unique nature of Kamchatka

Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A_____ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.

Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B_____. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes

in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The region is also known C____ — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.

Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.

  1. which are depicted on most souvenirs there

  2. so it is necessary to monitor it all the time

  3. who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears

  4. which has the second largest concentration of

  5. to be a place of many water sources

  6. to be a popular nature reserve and health resort

  7. that makes it a place to visit when

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

3

4

2

Task 52

The life of Pi

 «The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_____, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.

At the start of the book, we B____ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.

When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_____. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_____, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_____ and show it that he’s the boss.

Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_____ in the end!

  1. read the book to find out what happens

  2. some food and water on the lifeboat

  3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger

  4. received an award for being strong

  5. sold seven million copies worldwide

  6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry

  7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

7

2

3

1

Task 53

Santa Claus

The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_____ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_____. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_____ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.

St. Nicholas first D______ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.

In the 19th centuries big stores E_____ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_____ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.

  1. began to advertise Christmas shopping

  2. became the subject of many legends

  3. began dressing up unemployed men in

  4. is celebrated on the anniversary of

  5. was only a matter of time

  6. stretches all the way back to

  7. appeared in American popular culture

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

2

4

7

1

5

Task 54

Welcome to the Smithsonian

When you visit any of the Smithsonian’s 19 museums and galleries or the National zoo, you are entering the largest museum complex in the world. This complex holds about 137 million unique objects in its trust for the American people.

The Smithsonian was established in 1846 with funds given to the United States by James Smithson, an English scientist. The main idea was to increase and spread knowledge for free. And now all Smithsonian institutions are still devoted to public education, A__________ history.

Ten Smithsonian museums and galleries are located in the centre of the U.S. capital. Six other museums and the National zoo are nearby in the Washington metropolitan area, B__________.

The 19th and the newest museum C__________ is the National Museum of African American history and culture. It is now operating in the form of a virtual museum. Its key feature is the memory book, D__________. These diverse memories are linked to each other and to the museum content, E__________.

The Smithsonian complex is home to the world’s foremost research centres in science, the arts and the humanities. Besides the basic research F__________, there are a number of special facilities. Conservation centre at the zoo studies rare and endangered species, environment centre carries out research in ecosystems in the coastal area.

  1. that is carried on regularly in each of the museums

  2. providing different materials in the arts, science and

  3. placing a spotlight on people and events in African American history

  4. that has been established within the Smithsonian complex

  5. which allows website visitors to upload their own stories or images

  6. and visitors can enjoy watching rare exhibits on

  7. and two museums are situated in New York City

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

4

5

3

1

Task 55

National Gallery of Art

 The National Gallery of Art was created in Washington D.C. for the people of the United States in 1937. It started with the gift of the financier and art collector A__________. His gift also included a building to house the new museum, to be constructed on the National Mall. Opened to the public in 1941, this grand building, B__________, was at the time the largest marble structure in the world.

The newly created National Gallery soon attracted similar gifts from hundreds of other collectors. This tradition of generosity continues to this day with gifts from private donors and artists C__________.

The gallery’s East building contains the collection of modern and contemporary painting, sculpture, D__________. The East and West buildings are connected by an underground tunnel with a moving walkway.

The National Gallery enjoys federal support, E__________, to fulfill its mission to exhibit and interpret great works of European and American art in the nation’s collection. Since its founding, federal funds have fostered the protection and care of the art collection and have supported the gallery’s work, ensuring F__________. Private funding helped to create a renowned collection of works of art and to construct the two landmark buildings. Private support makes possible to arrange a changing programme of special exhibitions.

  1. which is now called the West building

  2. that the gallery brings daily profit to the country

  3. who are willing to share their possessions with the public

  4. who presented old master paintings and sculptures to the country

  5. as well as partnership with private organizations

  6. that the gallery is open daily and free of charge

  7. as well as an advanced research centre and an art library

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

3

7

5

6

Task 56

Healthy school meals

Children at Southdown Infants School in Bath enjoy tasty homemade meals such as roast turkey with fresh vegetables, chicken, salad and fresh fruit for pudding. Vegetables are A ____________. Instead of crisps, chocolate and sweets, the school canteen serves organic carrots, dried fruit and fresh seasonal fruit in bags for 10p, B ______________.

Southdown’s healthy eating initiative began four years ago with the start of a breakfast club.

Now Ms Culley, the head teacher of the school, says that the teachers very clearly see the link between diet and concentration. “Children’s concentration and behaviour C ______________.” The teachers would also like to give the children the experience of eating together. It turned out that some children weren’t used to that.

Pupils are also encouraged to find out more about where their food comes from by  D ______________.

Parents are also involved and are invited in to try school dinners on special occasions, E _______________.

The efforts of staff, pupils and parents to create a healthy eating environment were recognized earlier this month F ______________ the Best School Dinner award.

Ms Culley said: “We are happy to win this award. Healthy eating is at the centre of everything we do. It’s really rewarding to see so many children enjoy real food.”

  1. such as Easter and Christmas

  2. visiting a local farm

  3. local, fresh and organic where possible

  4. provide good quality food

  5. definitely improve after a good meal

  6. and about 100 bags are sold each day

  7. when the school was awarded

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

2

1

7

Task 57

Walking is not enough to keep fit

Walking may not be enough on its own to produce significant health benefits, research suggests. A team from Canada’s University of Alberta compared a 10,000-step exercise programme with a more traditional fitness regime of moderate intensity. Researchers found improvements A _______ were significantly higher in the second group. They told an American College of Sports Medicine meeting that gentle exercise was B __________. In total 128 people took C _________. The researchers assessed influence on fitness by measuring blood pressure and lung capacity. They found out the 10,000-step programme did help to get people motivated – and was an excellent way to start D _________. But to increase the effectiveness, some intensity must be added to their exercise. “Across your day, while you are achieving those 10,000 steps, take 200 to 400 of them at a faster pace. You’ve got to do more than light exercise and include regular moderate activity, and don’t be shy to have an occasional period of time at an energetic level.” The researchers were concerned there was too much focus E __________, rather than on its intensity.

Professor Stuart Biddle, an expert in exercise science at the University of Loughborough, said it was possible that the current guidelines on how much exercise to take were set too low. “However, you have got to find F ____. The harder you make it, the fewer people will actually do it.” Professor Biddle said there was no doubt that energetic exercise was the way to get fit, but volume rather than intensity might be more useful in tackling issues such as obesity.

  1. part in the project

  2. taking exercise

  3. gave marked health benefits

  4. in fitness levels

  5. on simply getting people to take exercise

  6. not enough to get fit

  7. a compromise between physiology and psychology

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

1

2

5

7

Task 58

Double-decker Bus

A double-decker bus is a bus that has two levels. While double-decker long-distance buses are in widespread use around the world, A ____. Double-decker buses are popular in some European cities and in some parts of Asia, usually in former British colonies. Many towns around the world have a few that specialize in short sight-seeing tours for tourists because, as William Gladstone observed, «the way to see London is from the top of a ‘bus'».

Double-decker buses are taller than other buses. They are extensively used in the United Kingdom, B _____, removed from normal service in December 2005 — they still operate on heritage routes. Elsewhere in Europe, double-deckers are used throughout the Dublin Bus network in Ireland, where they are making a comeback on Dublin’s outer suburban routes and also the streets of Cork, Limerick, Galway and Waterford. They are a common sight in Berlin, where the BVG makes extensive use of them. Double-decker long-distance coaches are also in widespread use throughout Europe.

Most buses in Hong Kong and about half in Singapore are double-deckers as well. The only areas in North America that C _____ are the western Canadian province of British Columbia and the United States city of Las Vegas. They are currently being tested in Ottawa on the express routes. The city of Davis, California, in the United States uses vintage double-decker buses for public transport. Davis, California is also home to the first vintage double-decker bus converted from diesel gasoline to run on CNG. The city of Victoria, BC, the city of Vancouver, British Columbia, and a couple of others use Dennis Tridents. A few are also used as tour buses, especially in New York. Double-deckers are have also been used in Mumbai since 1937.

In Brazil, D _____, some companies use double-decker buses. Double-deckers are not a good option for use outside the towns (most roads in Brazil are in very poor condition), and E _____.

Double-decker buses are in widespread use in India in many of the major cities. Some double-decker buses F _____, with no roof and shallow sides. These are popular for sightseeing tours.

  1. double-deckers are adored by thousands of tourists

  2. use double-decker buses for public transport

  3. double-decker city buses are less common

  4. where perhaps the most famous was the London Routemaster

  5. their use is being discouraged by transportation authorities

  6. have an open upper deck

  7. where buses are sometimes the only interstate transport

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

7

5

6

Task 59

Natural Links In a Long Chain of Being

I believe we are not alone.

Even if I am on the other side of the world from the farmhouse I live in, I still dream of the ancient vines out the window, and the shed out back that my grandfather’s father built in 1870 with eucalyptus trunks. As long as I can recreate these images, A ____

All of us need some grounding in our modern world of constant moving, buying, selling, meeting and leaving. Some find constancy in religion, others in friends or community. But we need some daily signposts that we are not different, not better, B ____

For me, this house, farm, these ancient vines are those roots. Although I came into this world alone and will leave alone, I am not alone. 

There are ghosts of dozens of conversations in the hallways, stories I remember about buying new plows that now rust in the barnyard and ruined crops from the same vines C ____

All of us are natural links in a long chain of being, and that I need to know what time of day it is, what season is coming, whether the wind is blowing north or from the east, and if the moon is still full tomorrow night, D _____

The physical world around us constantly changes, E _____. We must struggle in our brief existence to find some transcendent meaning and so find relief in the knowledge F _____.

You may find that too boring, living with the past as present. I find it refreshing. There is an old answer to every new problem, that wise whispers of the past are with us. If we just listen and remember, we are not alone; we have been here before.

  1. I never quite leave home

  2. but human nature does not

  3. that we are now harvesting

  4. but we as well as our heart did not

  5. not worse than those who came before us

  6. just as the farmers who came before me did

  7. that our ancestors have gone through this before

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

5

3

6

2

7

Task 60

The Show Begins

My Uncle Jim took me to all the Broadway shows in New York City, and I was star struck! Actually he wasn’t my real uncle – that’s just what we called him. He was a close friend of my parents. He was a bit stocky with red hair, A _________.

I remember the theaters on Broadway, B __________. The curtains were made of this real heavy, dark red material. There were huge chandelier lights hanging from the ceiling. The walls were dark, paneled wood. The seats were red and cushy C __________.

The orchestra sat at the base of the stage in a pit. I usually went down to the front to see the musicians D __________. They were all crammed into such a tiny space. I played the flute myself and my dad kept encouraging me that if I kept it up, E ___________. But truly, I didn’t want to be tucked away down there. I wanted to be on top, front and center.

Most people dressed rather finely, and certain fragrances took center stage as various women passed by. The sounds of the audience F __________ at their seats were clearly heard while last minute patrons filled in. There was electricity in the air and then the lights would go down and up, and you knew it was time for the show to get started. The lights dimmed. The music began. And you were swept up into a whole new world. I loved it!

  1. I could be playing down there someday

  2. and set real close together

  3. which were so old and posh

  4. and he had a beard and moustache

  5. I wasn’t that good at music

  6. getting ready and warming up

  7. laughing and chattering away

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

3

2

6

1

7

Task 61

Scouting moves ahead

The Scout Movement, which is also known as the Boy Scouts has changed massively in more than 100 years, though many people do not realise this.

For many people in Britain the word “scouting” evokes images of boys in short trousers A__________. Many people imagine that the Scout Association and its female counterpart the Guides Association are old-fashioned. They think these associations are for people B__________ than the future, people who just like camping in the rain and washing in cold water.

It’s quite easy to understand why Scouts and Guides have this sort of image. The “Boy Scouts” were founded over 100 years ago by Robert Baden-Powell, a retired English army general; the “Girl Guides” followed three years later. They were organised in an almost military manner. Young people had to learn discipline and how to do things as a group. They C__________ in difficult conditions, learnt to make campfires and, yes, they certainly had to get used to washing in cold water. In those days though, that D__________ many people washed in cold water.

Nevertheless, even at the start, there was much more to scouting than that. Scouts and Guides also learned the value of solidarity. Right from the start, they had to cope with difficult situations, E__________, and play a useful part in society. Baden-Powell’s organisations were inclusive, and never exclusive; any young person could become a Scout or a Guide, regardless of race, background or religion.

Though the Scout and Guide movements began in England, they soon spread to other countries, and within 50 years, scouting F__________ with young people all over the world.

  1. who are more interested in the past

  2. and girls in blue uniforms

  3. that were generally better

  4. was not particularly unusual as

  5. went on camping expeditions

  6. interact with other people

  7. had become a popular activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

5

4

6

7

Task 62

Skip the sun, get a glow the healthy way

Everyone at some point has wanted a “healthy glow,” whether it’s a must-have for summer, or a vacation, the thought of tan skin has crossed the minds of millions. If you are pale, it A__________. There is wild excitement when after a day in the sun your skin is tan, not burnt. Surely everyone is familiar with the famous conversation upon the realization that you got fried at the beach. Your friends reassure you with “Don’t worry it B__________.” It may all seem like fun and games at the time, but alarming new research C__________.

Some tan-seekers do it the old-fashioned way, grab a towel and hit the pool or beach. Recently, millions of young girls D__________ instead. Regardless of how the tan is achieved, any change in skin coloring is evidence of skin cell damage. This can lead to cancer. According to the Skin Cancer Foundation, melanoma, or skin cancer, among people aged 18 to 39 has risen dramatically. In the United States the number of skin cancer cases due to tanning, is higher than the number of lung cancer cases due to smoking.

While it is true that being outside and active is great for your body and the sun does provide vitamin D, everyone’s health still needs protecting. However, it’s E__________, limit time spent in direct sunlight, between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., and wear sunscreen at all times. A fashionable option is the sun hat: both elegant and fun. Big floppy hats may seem ridiculous at first, but F__________.

Another advice is to look into sunless tanners: They are cheap and in no way endanger the lives of users. So, fake it, don’t bake it!

  1. takes a lot of time and effort to tan

  2. have been turning to tanning beds

  3. they are actually quite classy accessories

  4. better to avoid indoor tanning

  5. have inspired people to get their skin checked

  6. will eventually turn into a tan

  7. has taken the healthy out of healthy glow

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

6

7

2

4

3

Task 63

Grant-making agency

The National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) is an independent grant-making agency of the United States government. Established in 1965, it is one of the largest sources of grant funds for humanities projects and programs in the U.S. NEH promotes knowledge of the history, thought, and culture, not only of the United States, A__________.

NEH grants facilitate research and original scholarship, strengthen teaching and learning in the humanities in American schools and colleges, give opportunities for citizens to engage in lifelong learning, B__________.

The Endowment is directed by a chairman, C__________ and confirmed by the U.S. Senate for a term of four years. Advising the chairman is the National Council on the Humanities, a board of 26 distinguished private citizens D__________ with the advice of the Senate. The National Council members serve six-year terms.

NEH grants are typically awarded to U.S. cultural institutions, such as museums, archives, libraries, colleges, universities, and public television and radio stations, E__________. Eligibility is limited to U.S. non-profit institutions and to U.S. citizens and foreigners F__________ prior to the time of application. Grants are awarded through a competitive process. The chairman takes into account the advice provided by the review process and, by law, makes all funding decisions.

  1. who is appointed by the president

  2. but of other countries of the world

  3. but in every aspect of social sciences

  4. who are also appointed by the president

  5. who have been living in the U.S. for three years

  6. as well as to individual scholars of the humanities

  7. as well as provide access to cultural and educational resources

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

1

4

6

5

Task 64

The Bonfire Night

The 5th of November has always had a very special place in my heart. More important than New Year’s Eve, but probably less important than the Olympics ceremonies, the 5th of November every year is A __________ all over the country to go wild!

The night of the 5th is often cold and damp and parents wrap up their children in layers of jumpers, coats, hats, scarves and gloves. They fuss over the littlest B __________ aren’t scared. They comfort their pets and give them a safe place to curl up inside, away from the cacophony about to start outside.

Outside the bonfire is C __________ up your nose. If you’re lucky, there might be some pumpkin soup left over from Halloween to warm you up, because in spite of all the layers and the excitement, you’ll still need warming up until the bonfire gets going!

When it’s absolutely dark and the bonfire is blazing, the children and parents huddle together in groups, staring up at the sky. What are they waiting for? The screech of the first firework deafens them all and D __________. The “oohs” and “aaahs” of the crowd keep perfect time with the “kabooms” of the rockets. With every firework that lights up the sky, parents watch the delight grow on their children’s faces and sigh with relief.

After the grand finale, they make their way home with the noises still echoing in their ears. An extra special treat E __________! Waving them through the chilly air, spelling out names and drawing pictures, even the oldest members of the family remember how to be kids!

This is what the 5th of November means to me. Every year, it F __________ such bright and colourful fireworks and heard such loud bangs. I really hope I never grow out of it!

  1. differences in traditions

  2. children and hope that they

  3. the day for fireworks lovers

  4. the explosion lights up the sky

  5. feels like the first time I’ve seen

  6. waits at home though: sparklers

  7. lit and the smell of smoke creeps

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

4

6

5

Task 65

Earth-sheltered homes

Earth-sheltered or simply underground homes are one of those creations by man, which brings him closer to nature. Unlike the normal traditional houses that A __________, these earth-sheltered homes are built using the shelter of the ground. Earth-sheltered homes can be easily made in hilly areas.

The basic idea behind the construction of such a house is that they are built with the idea of B ________ and each of these homes is built entirely different from each other.

The construction of these homes is usually done according to the shape of the area where the house is built. Their designs C ________ to the nature. The early earth houses which were initially built lacked windows. Modern day earth-sheltered homes though have windows as well as any other facility that the people living there might require.

Some of the major benefits of earth-sheltered homes are that they are naturally insulating. This makes them cool in the summer and cozy and warm in the winter. Another advantage D __________ and are well protected from earthquakes as well as wind-storms. Many earth-sheltered homes are also defended against intruders since there is usually only one entry.

As everything has its pros and cons, earth-sheltered homes also do. The interior decoration of these homes, like placing the furniture or huge paintings, E __________. These homes also have dark spaces inside and for this reason, lots of lighting is essential.

Earth-sheltered homes are one of the greenest housing designs that combines Mother Nature with eco-friendly F __________.

  1. are built on the ground

  2. are usually very organic

  3. is being built facing south

  4. being environmentally friendly

  5. building materials and lifestyle

  6. is that these homes are safe from fire

  7. can be difficult due to the construction

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

4

2

6

7

5

Task 66

Australia

Australia is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse nations. Nearly a quarter of the people who live in Australia A __________. They come from the United Kingdom and other European countries, but also from China, Vietnam, North Africa, and the Middle East.

First people arrived in Australia about 50,000 years ago. They B __________ land bridges when sea levels were lower. The next to land in Australia were Dutch explorers. They came in 1606. In 1788 the British began to settle there. Many settlers C __________ as punishment. For a short time, the newcomers lived peacefully with the Aboriginal people.

In 1851, gold was discovered in Australia. A rush to find riches brought D __________ 1859, six separate colonies were created which later became part of the British Commonwealth.

Australian culture is founded on stories of battlers, bushrangers and brave soldiers. Today E __________ its Aboriginal heritage, vibrant mix of cultures, innovative ideas and a thriving ecosystem.

Australia’s ecosystem is an unusual one because of its remote location. As a result, there are F __________ and nowhere else in the world, such as kangaroo and koala.

One of Australia’s most amazing sites rises like an enormous whale’s back from a flat desert called the Red Center. It is a sacred natural formation at the heart of the country and the largest rock in the world!

  1. Australia is one of the most

  2. were born in other countries

  3. Australia also defines itself by

  4. many animal species that occur here

  5. may have travelled from Asia across

  6. thousands of new immigrants, and by

  7. were criminals sent to live in Australia

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

7

6

3

4

Task 67

Living nature in Madeira

Right in the middle of the Atlantic, the islands of Madeira and Porto Santo are a haven of natural beauty. The exotic colours of the flowers stand out from among the blue sea and the emerald green vegetation. This is an archipelago where the big territory is a protected area and A __________ is located.

The Madeira Natural Park was created in 1982 to preserve this vast natural heritage, a worldwide rarity. The park is classified as a Biogenetic Reserve, B __________, with some rare species such as the mountain orchid, unique in the world, and also some exotic large trees. To visit this park is to discover Nature! The park covers about two-thirds of the island, making Madeira a truly ecological destination.

The springtime temperature, C __________, cries out for open air activities. Visitors can go for a walk in the park, visit the city of Funchal or roam freely around the island. Boat rides are an excellent way of D __________. In such a naturally welcoming environment, balance and well-being are taken for granted. Madeira offers various tourist complexes E __________.

Popular feasts, F __________, are opportunities to appreciate traditional gastronomic flavours and see Madeira partying, especially for the Carnival parades, the Flower festival, the Atlantic festival and, above all, the end-of-year fireworks display.

  1. which is felt all year round

  2. which take place in Madeira all year round

  3. where the largest laurel forest in the world

  4. admiring the coastline from a different perspective

  5. where one can find a unique range of flora and fauna

  6. choosing this holiday destination for its natural beauty

  7. that have prime conditions for boating and scuba diving

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

1

4

7

2

Task 68

Wild animals in cities

Have you ever seen bears in Vancouver parks, leopards on the streets of Mumbai or wild pigs in gardens in Berlin? Recently, there A __________ on TV about big animals coming into towns and cities. What happens when wild animals come into our cities? Is it dangerous for us and the animals?

Wild animals usually come into cities to look for food. In Cape Town, South Africa, baboons sometimes come into the suburbs. They eat fruit from gardens and go into people’s kitchens and take food from cupboards and fridges! Baboons are B __________ children and fight with pet dogs. Many people do not like them, but the city can be dangerous for baboons too. Sometimes, baboons are C __________ human food can be very bad for their teeth. The city council in Cape Town has a team of Baboon Monitors whose job is to find baboons D ___________ to the countryside. This makes the city safer for people and is healthier for the baboons. However, the main problem is that a lot of baboons will come back to the city to find food again.

In Berlin, Germany, groups of wild pigs have come into the city for hundreds of years, but now the winters are warmer, there are even more pigs than in the past. Pigs eat flowers and plants and dig in gardens and parks in the city. They also E __________ accidents. Some city residents like the pigs and give them food. But the city council is worried about the traffic accidents, so they F __________ have put up fences to stop the pigs coming into the city.

  1. cause lots of problems

  2. in the city and take them back

  3. walk in the street and cause traffic

  4. hurt in car accidents and the sugar in

  5. strong animals and sometimes they scare

  6. have been many reports in newspapers and

  7. have told people to stop giving the pigs food and

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

4

2

3

7

Task 69

Europe’s best hidden gems

There are incredible destinations in Europe known worldwide, such as Amsterdam and its canals, London and its museums, its shopping and atmosphere, or Paris, the City of Light. Europe also has thousands of hidden treasures. There is a wide selection of the finest unknown destinations in Europe, from Lugano in Switzerland  A __________.

Lugano is an international city, the crossroads and melting pot of European culture. It constitutes one of the most interesting regions to be discovered. Lugano is not only Switzerland’s third most important financial centre,  B __________ old buildings.

The area of Cinque Terre in Italy represents one of the best preserved natural sights of the Mediterranean. Human activity has contributed to creating a unique landscape in which the development of typical stone walls is so extensive C __________. All this, D __________, makes the Cinque Terre an increasingly popular location among Italian and foreign tourists.

Sintra is a jewel set between the mountains and the sea, waiting to be discovered by tourists E __________, luxuriant nature and cosmopolitan cultural offer. Sintra has a wonderful charm that left a deep impression on the soul and work of the writers F __________. Sintra is truly the capital of Romanticism. It is a place to be experienced by everyone!

  1. but showed evidence of an early human housing

  2. to Cinque Terre in Italy and Sintra in Portugal

  3. as to equal that of the famous Great Wall of China

  4. but also a town of parks and flowers, villas and

  5. who want to be lost in its majestic historical heritage

  6. combined with the beauty of a crystal clear sea

  7. who pioneered the Romantic spirit in the eighteenth century

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

3

6

5

7

Task 70

Beautiful cities of Italy

The political and cultural centre of Italy is the ‘Eternal City’, Rome. Ever since the Roman Empire, as its capital, Rome has become famous as a centre of European culture. The most striking sights of Rome are, of course, the Colosseum and the Forum. Once the Colosseum was able to receive about 50 thousand spectators, A __________ and concert halls. The Pantheon, the old temple of all gods, B __________, is also located in Rome.

The second most important town in Italy is Milan. Milan is the capital of fashion and C __________, exhibitions and conferences. The main attraction of Milan is its Cathedral Square, where the monument to the King Victor Emmanuel II is installed. Theatre fans will not be left disappointed by visiting the Theatre of La Scala.

The most popular city among tourists is Venice. The city is unique because it has more than 120 islands, D __________ and 400 bridges. Venice has been known for more than fifteen hundred years, and for E __________. The main area of the city is Saint Mark’s Square with the Cathedral of San Marco. One of the most beautiful buildings in Venice is the Palace of Doges. The other famous attraction is the Grand Canal F______.

In addition to this, there are such beautiful cities in Italy as Naples, Turin, Florence, Genoa, Pisa and the islands of Sardinia and Sicily. All of them are outstanding places to visit.

  1. that is the largest in Venice

  2. which was built in the early I century

  3. that everyone is dreaming about this trip

  4. which is comparable with modern stadiums

  5. which are сonnected by more than 150 canals

  6. the venue for major international festivals

  7. that time it produced a lot of attractions

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

6

5

7

1

Task 71

City of fountains

 Peterhof is a monument of world architecture and palace and park art. Peterhof includes a palace and park ensemble of the 18-19th centuries, A__________. Peterhof is a city of fountains as it contains 173 fountains and 4 cascades B__________. Each year up to 3 million people come here to enjoy the splendour of numerous fountains and the unique parks of Peterhof.

The name Peterhof was first mentioned in 1705. It was a coastal manor, close to which the construction of a grand country residence began. The original plan belonged to Peter the Great. After the brilliant victory of Russian troops over the Swedes, security of St. Petersburg both from the land C__________. Since that time, the construction of the Peterhof residence grew immensely in scope.

According to the plan of Peter the Great, on the one hand, Peterhof was meant to be equal in splendour with the most famous royal residences in Europe, D__________ to access the Baltic Sea. Both were successfully done. The Great Palace was built on a natural hill here, E__________. Following the plan of Peter the Great, F__________, the Grand Cascade with the famous Samson fountain was constructed. This is still one of the most spectacular fountains in the world. In 1990 the palaces and parks of Peterhof were included in the list of the world heritage of UNESCO.

  1. and from the sea has been firmly ensured

  2. which is a former royal countryside residence

  3. who designs many royal residences in Europe

  4. and then rebuilt in the baroque style in the 18th century

  5. who wanted to decorate the main entrance with waterfalls

  6. that are located in the park on the coast of the Gulf of Finland

  7. and on the other hand, to become a monument of Russia’s struggle

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

7

4

5

Task 72

Sights of Sochi

 Sochi is unique among other Russian cities because it has many aspects of a subtropical resort. Apart from the scenic Caucasus Mountains, pebble and sand beaches, the city attracts tourists with its vegetation, numerous parks, monuments, and extravagant architecture. About two million people visit Greater Sochi each summer, A__________. The famous Caucasian Biosphere Reserve, B__________, lies just north from the city.

Popularity of Sochi among tourists is largely explained by the beauty of its surroundings. Walking along the river Agura, everyone will admire the nature around, C__________, and amazing waterfalls. From the bridge over the Agura opens a magnificent view to the lowest Agura waterfall. In the shady Agura gorge tourists will feel the gentle coolness, D__________.

Akhun Mountain the biggest in the region has a beautiful tower on the top. The height of the tower is more than 30 metres, E__________ are stunning. The observation platform on the top of the tower gives a chance to take superb pictures of the city. Every year thousands of people visit this stone tower, F__________ the perfect view of the Black Sea coast and the Caucasus Mountains. It is a truly unforgettable experience. Tourists will enjoy visiting all the sights and the resort itself, full of exotic green and the boundless blue of the Black Sea. 

  1. and the views that open from it

  2. which is built on the top to give visitors

  3. when the subtropical resort is almost empty

  4. which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site

  5. enjoying the sound of birds singing and waterfalls gurgling

  6. when the city is home to the annual film festival “Kinotavr”

  7. including high cliffs, exotic vegetation, breathtaking canyons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

7

5

1

2

Task 73

Saint Petersburg

 A city of palaces and museums, broad avenues and narrow canals, St. Petersburg’s short history is rich in architectural and artistic treasures. Alongside world-famous attractions such as the Hermitage and St. Isaac’s Cathedral, the city has a lot of equally interesting buildings A__________. St. Petersburg is considered to be Russia’s cultural capital. It reflects the country’s extraordinary fate like no other city.

St. Petersburg is a relatively young city, by both Russian and European standards, as B__________. Despite its short life, the city has a rich history. From the early days of Peter the Great to modern times, the city has always bustled with life and intrigue.

Lying across the delta of the Neva River, St. Petersburg, the Venice of the North, is a city C__________, some of which are well-known for their unique history. Bridges are an essential part of the city’s architectural make-up. Among the city’s over 500 bridges, there are numerous technological masterpieces. The centre of the city offers vast areas of green space, D__________.

St. Petersburg is a beautiful and fascinating holiday destination and one E__________. Whether to visit the city in a romantic and snowy Russian winter F__________, visitors will be spellbound by 
St. Petersburg’s culture and beauty. 

  1. that is built on hundreds of islands

  2. or during the dazzling white nights in summer

  3. it was only founded in 1703 by Tsar Peter the Great

  4. or considering a variety of the trip accommodation offers

  5. that reveal the mysterious and tragic genius of St. Petersburg

  6. of the most intriguing and historically significant cities in Europe

  7. including beautiful historic gardens and extensive leisure parks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 74

State Hermitage Museum

 The Hermitage is St. Petersburg’s most popular visitor attraction, and one of the world’s largest and most prestigious museums. It is a must-see for all first-time travellers to the city. With over 3 million items in its collection, it also rewards repeat visits, A__________ of the riches on offer here, from Impressionist masterpieces to fascinating Oriental treasures. It was estimated B__________ on display for just one minute. So many visitors prefer a guided tour to ensure C__________ highlights. Art-lovers, however, may find it more rewarding to seek out for themselves the works D__________.

The bulk of the Hermitage collection is housed in the Winter Palace, E__________. However, there are a number of other sites that constitute part of the Hermitage, including the recently opened Storage Facility in the north of St. Petersburg. It offers guided tours through some of the museum’s vast stocks. The magnificent General Staff Building opposite the Winter Palace is most famous for its central triumphal arch, F__________ Nevsky Prospekt. The General Staff Building contains a number of unique exhibitions. It includes the Modern European Art, probably the most visited section of the Hermitage with well-known collections of Picasso and Matisse, as well as a wealth of popular Impressionist paintings. 

  1. that they are particularly interested in

  2. that they have time to catch all the collection’s

  3. and new-comers can only hope to get a brief taste

  4. which brings pedestrians out on to Palace Square from

  5. that one would need eleven years to view each exhibit

  6. which was the official residence of the Russian emperors

  7. and the exhibition was often visited by military historians

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

2

1

6

4

Task 75

Letniy Sad

 Letniy Sad (The Summer Garden) is a park ensemble, a monument of landscape art of the 18th century. Letniy Sad is the oldest park in St. Petersburg. The park was founded by Peter I in 1704. The Tsar dreamed of his own Versailles and drew its original plan himself. He planned to create a regular, architectural park with accurate layout and straight paths. Prominent architects and gardeners took part in its creation. The park was supposed to become a place of relaxation, A__________.

Letniy Sad is surrounded by water. Natural boundary of the park from the north and east are the Neva and Fontanka Rivers, B__________.

Peter I brought sculptures from Italy for the park and was very proud of them. In the 18th century there were more than two hundred sculptures, C__________, or moved to suburban royal residences and the Hermitage. Now Letniy Sad is decorated with 90 sculptures – copies made of artificial marble.

In May, 2012 Letniy Sad was opened after reconstruction. The reconstruction work had been going on for about three years, D__________ Letniy Sad as it was in the 18th century. Among the new items in Letniy Sad, there is the Archaeological Museum, E__________ during the restoration of the park. Visitors can take a tour of the park F__________ on Sundays. 

  1. and restorers have done everything possible to keep

  2. combining the features of urban and suburban estates

  3. which are planned to be the centre of scientific research

  4. which contains interesting objects found by archaeologists

  5. but later many of them were either destroyed in the flood

  6. and enjoy the exhibitions and performances of a brass band

  7. and from the south and west – the Moika River and the Lebyazhiy Canal

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

5

1

4

6

55

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Farm and city in spain егэ
  • Famza ru центр аккредитации тренировочный экзамен
  • Famous inventions stories егэ ответы
  • Famous cats егэ ответы
  • Famous british painters егэ ответы